Merge lp:~nskaggs/ubuntu-manual-tests/massconversion into lp:ubuntu-manual-tests
- massconversion
- Merge into trunk
Proposed by
Nicholas Skaggs
| Status: | Merged | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Merge reported by: | Nicholas Skaggs | ||||||||||||
| Merged at revision: | not available | ||||||||||||
| Proposed branch: | lp:~nskaggs/ubuntu-manual-tests/massconversion | ||||||||||||
| Merge into: | lp:ubuntu-manual-tests | ||||||||||||
| Diff against target: |
9195 lines (+3446/-5341) 52 files modified
testcases/image/1412_Unity GSetting Migration (+18/-33) testcases/image/1437_Alternate Install (Entire Disk) (+46/-69) testcases/image/1438_Alternate Install (Guided) (+47/-74) testcases/image/1439_Alternate Install (Encryption) (+54/-81) testcases/image/1440_Live LTSP (+12/-23) testcases/image/1442_Mythbuntu Frontend (+15/-19) testcases/image/1444_Mythbuntu Backend & Frontend (+54/-73) testcases/image/1448_Unity Lenses (+119/-182) testcases/packages/1306_Kernel Smoke Tests (+8/-9) testcases/packages/1308_software-properties Smoke Tests (+7/-8) testcases/packages/1336_Pulseaudio Smoke Tests (+10/-11) testcases/packages/1414_Deja-Dup Tests (+33/-62) testcases/packages/1415_Empathy Tests (+79/-140) testcases/packages/1416_Eye of Gnome Tests (+69/-112) testcases/packages/1417_Evince Tests (+60/-89) testcases/packages/1418_Fileroller Tests (+30/-57) testcases/packages/1419_Firefox Tests (+28/-45) testcases/packages/1420_Gedit Tests (+81/-144) testcases/packages/1421_Gnome Screenshot Tests (+34/-41) testcases/packages/1422_Gnome Terminal Tests (+52/-73) testcases/packages/1423_LibreOffice Tests (+311/-462) testcases/packages/1424_Nautilus Tests (+201/-310) testcases/packages/1425_Network Manager Tests (+179/-248) testcases/packages/1426_Orca Tests (+84/-133) testcases/packages/1427_Rythmnbox Tests (+68/-131) testcases/packages/1428_Shotwell Tests (+84/-145) testcases/packages/1429_Totem Tests (+29/-56) testcases/packages/1430_Ubuntu One Tests (+34/-57) testcases/packages/Online Accounts/1322_Online Account Settings (+8/-13) testcases/packages/Online Accounts/1327_Online Account Browser Extensions (+12/-21) testcases/packages/Online Accounts/1328_Online Account Facebook (+44/-83) testcases/packages/Online Accounts/1329_Online Account Flickr (+44/-83) testcases/packages/Online Accounts/1330_Online Account Google (+44/-83) testcases/packages/Online Accounts/1331_Online Account Twitter (+43/-81) testcases/packages/Online Accounts/1332_Online Account Gwibber (+46/-65) testcases/packages/Online Accounts/1333_Online Account Shotwell (+34/-65) testcases/packages/Online Accounts/1334_Online Account Google Doc Lens (+30/-45) testcases/packages/Online Accounts/1335_Online Account Flickr Lens (+11/-18) testcases/packages/Unity/1392_Unity Alt-tab (+135/-187) testcases/packages/Unity/1393_Unity Dash (+220/-322) testcases/packages/Unity/1394_Unity HUD (+73/-106) testcases/packages/Unity/1395_Unity Launcher (+344/-508) testcases/packages/Unity/1396_Unity multimonitor multi-launchers (+103/-150) testcases/packages/Unity/1397_Unity Panel (+150/-217) testcases/packages/Unity/1398_Unity Software Center (+20/-29) testcases/packages/Unity/1399_Unity Startup (+10/-14) testcases/packages/Unity/1400_Unity Window Management (+143/-207) testcases/packages/Webapps/1321_Webapps Browser extensions (+14/-25) testcases/packages/Webapps/1323_Webapps Launchpad (+14/-25) testcases/packages/Webapps/1324_Webapps BBC (+28/-53) testcases/packages/Webapps/1325_Webapps Gmail (+16/-29) testcases/packages/Webapps/1326_Webapps Youtube (+14/-25) |
||||||||||||
| To merge this branch: | bzr merge lp:~nskaggs/ubuntu-manual-tests/massconversion | ||||||||||||
| Related bugs: |
|
| Reviewer | Review Type | Date Requested | Status |
|---|---|---|---|
| Howard Chan (community) | Approve | ||
| Sergio Meneses (community) | Approve | ||
|
Review via email:
|
|||
Commit message
Description of the change
This mass converts all the testcases to use the new dl/dt/dd format. This was done by a script, so it needs plenty of manual verificaton
To post a comment you must log in.
- 8. By Nicholas Skaggs
-
convert "standard" leftover image testcases to new format as well
- 9. By Nicholas Skaggs
-
add the last 3 conversions; these had to be manually converted
Revision history for this message
| Nicholas Skaggs (nskaggs) wrote : | # |
Requesting another person to look at this due to the extent of the changes. I manually verified several, and took at look at them rendered on http://
Revision history for this message
| Howard Chan (smartboyhw) wrote : | # |
I will look at this about 8 hours later.
smartboyhw
On 2013-2-13 上午1:42, "Nicholas Skaggs" <email address hidden>
wrote:
> Requesting another person to look at this due to the extent of the
> changes. I manually verified several, and took at look at them rendered on
> http://
> --
>
> https:/
> Your team Ubuntu Testcase Admins is requested to review the proposed merge
> of lp:~nskaggs/ubuntu-manual-tests/massconversion into
> lp:ubuntu-manual-tests.
>
Revision history for this message
| Phill Whiteside (phillw) wrote : | # |
On 12 February 2013 17:46, Howard Chan <email address hidden> wrote:
> I will look at this about 8 hours later.
>
> smartboyhw
> On 2013-2-13 上午1:42, "Nicholas Skaggs" <email address hidden>
> wrote:
>
> > Requesting another person to look at this due to the extent of the
> > changes. I manually verified several, and took at look at them rendered
> on
> > http://
> > --
> >
> >
> https:/
> > Your team Ubuntu Testcase Admins is requested to review the proposed
> merge
> > of lp:~nskaggs/ubuntu-manual-tests/massconversion into
> > lp:ubuntu-manual-tests.
> >
>
> --
>
> https:/
> Your team Ubuntu Testcase Admins is requested to review the proposed merge
> of lp:~nskaggs/ubuntu-manual-tests/massconversion into
> lp:ubuntu-manual-tests.
>
Revision history for this message
| Howard Chan (smartboyhw) wrote : | # |
Quite good Nicholas.
review:
Approve
Preview Diff
[H/L] Next/Prev Comment, [J/K] Next/Prev File, [N/P] Next/Prev Hunk
| 1 | === modified file 'testcases/image/1412_Unity GSetting Migration' |
| 2 | --- testcases/image/1412_Unity GSetting Migration 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 3 | +++ testcases/image/1412_Unity GSetting Migration 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 4 | @@ -1,34 +1,19 @@ |
| 5 | This testcase is intended to check to ensure your settings migrate properly to the new control center. Please DON'T install from the ppa until you have completed the initial steps of verifying and changing settings. |
| 6 | -<ol> |
| 7 | -<li title="action">Open the dash and launch 'appearance'</li> |
| 8 | -<ol> |
| 9 | -<li title="expected_result">Appearance applet launches</li> |
| 10 | -</ol> |
| 11 | -<li title="action">Click the behaviour tab and change the settings to a non-default setting (remember the setting chosen!)</li> |
| 12 | -<ol> |
| 13 | -<li title="expected_result">Settings update successfully</li> |
| 14 | -</ol> |
| 15 | -<li title="action">Open the dash and launch 'keyboard'</li> |
| 16 | -<ol> |
| 17 | -<li title="expected_result">Keyboard applet launches</li> |
| 18 | -</ol> |
| 19 | -<li title="action">Click the shortcuts tab and change some shortcuts to non-default settings (remember the settings chosen!) </li> |
| 20 | -<ol> |
| 21 | -<li title="expected_result">Settings update successfully</li> |
| 22 | -</ol> |
| 23 | -<li title="action">Follow the <a href="../../downloads">installation instructions</a> to install the new packages from the ppa</li> |
| 24 | -<ol> |
| 25 | -<li title="expected_result">Packages update properly</li> |
| 26 | -</ol> |
| 27 | -<li title="action">Restart your sessions (log out and login again)</li> |
| 28 | -<ol> |
| 29 | -<li title="expected_result">Session restarts properly</li> |
| 30 | -</ol> |
| 31 | -<li title="action">Open the keyboard and appearance applets</li> |
| 32 | -<ol> |
| 33 | -<li title="expected_result">All settings chosen above are remembered</li> |
| 34 | -</ol> |
| 35 | -</ol> |
| 36 | -<strong> |
| 37 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 38 | -If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong>. |
| 39 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 40 | +<dl> |
| 41 | + <dt>Open the dash and launch 'appearance'</dt> |
| 42 | + <dd>Appearance applet launches</dd> |
| 43 | + <dt>Click the behaviour tab and change the settings to a non-default setting (remember the setting chosen!)</dt> |
| 44 | + <dd>Settings update successfully</dd> |
| 45 | + <dt>Open the dash and launch 'keyboard'</dt> |
| 46 | + <dd>Keyboard applet launches</dd> |
| 47 | + <dt>Click the shortcuts tab and change some shortcuts to non-default settings (remember the settings chosen!) </dt> |
| 48 | + <dd>Settings update successfully</dd> |
| 49 | + <dt>Follow the <a href="../../downloads">installation instructions</a> to install the new packages from the ppa</dt> |
| 50 | + <dd>Packages update properly</dd> |
| 51 | + <dt>Restart your sessions (log out and login again)</dt> |
| 52 | + <dd>Session restarts properly</dd> |
| 53 | + <dt>Open the keyboard and appearance applets</dt> |
| 54 | + <dd>All settings chosen above are remembered</dd> |
| 55 | +</dl> |
| 56 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 57 | +If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong>. |
| 58 | |
| 59 | === modified file 'testcases/image/1437_Alternate Install (Entire Disk)' |
| 60 | --- testcases/image/1437_Alternate Install (Entire Disk) 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 61 | +++ testcases/image/1437_Alternate Install (Entire Disk) 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 62 | @@ -1,69 +1,46 @@ |
| 63 | -<ol> |
| 64 | -<li title="action">Boot up the iso using a CD/DVD or USB Key</li> |
| 65 | -<ol> |
| 66 | -<li title="expected_result">System boots to 'Select Language'</li> |
| 67 | -</ol> |
| 68 | -<li title="action">Select Install Ubuntu and press Enter</li> |
| 69 | -<ol> |
| 70 | -<li title="expected_result">System displays 'Select Location'</li> |
| 71 | -</ol><li title="action">Select location and press Enter</li> |
| 72 | -<ol> |
| 73 | -<li title="expected_result">The default for your location and language should already be selected.</li> |
| 74 | -</ol><li title="action">Select the layout you wish to use on the keyboard and press Enter</li> |
| 75 | -<ol> |
| 76 | -<li title="expected_result">The default for your location and language should already be selected.</li> |
| 77 | -</ol><li title="action">Add a hostname for the machine and press Enter</li> |
| 78 | -<ol> |
| 79 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be prompted for your name</li> |
| 80 | -</ol><li title="action">Type in your name and press Enter</li> |
| 81 | -<ol> |
| 82 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be prompted for a user name</li> |
| 83 | -</ol><li title="action">Type in your user name and press Enter (you can accept the default if you wish).</li> |
| 84 | -<ol> |
| 85 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be prompted to enter a password</li> |
| 86 | -</ol><li title="action">Add a password and press Enter</li> |
| 87 | -<ol> |
| 88 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be prompted to confirm ( If you entered a weak password, confirm that you want to keep it or select no and enter a stronger one).</li> |
| 89 | -</ol><li title="action">Confirm password and press Enter</li> |
| 90 | -<ol> |
| 91 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be asked if you wish to encrypt your home directory</li> |
| 92 | -</ol><li title="action">Select No for encrypted home directory and press Enter</li> |
| 93 | -<ol> |
| 94 | -<li title="expected_result">You should see confirmation of your time zone</li> |
| 95 | -</ol><li title="action">Verify that the pre-selected time zone is correct or select your time zone and press Enter</li> |
| 96 | -<ol> |
| 97 | -<li title="expected_result">You will be presented with formatting options</li> |
| 98 | -</ol><li title="action">Select Guided - use entire disk and press Enter</li> |
| 99 | -<ol> |
| 100 | -<li title="expected_result">You should see an option to select a disk to install on</li> |
| 101 | -</ol><li title="action">Select the disk to use and press Enter</li> |
| 102 | -<ol> |
| 103 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be asked to confirm the action</li> |
| 104 | -</ol><li title="action">Select Yes to accept the changes and press Enter</li> |
| 105 | -<ol> |
| 106 | -<li title="expected_result">You should see a request for http proxy information</li> |
| 107 | -</ol><li title="action">Input http proxy info or press Enter</li> |
| 108 | -<ol> |
| 109 | -<li title="expected_result">Wait for a while - The install may seem like it has locked at a percentage but is actually working in the background. You can check and see if it is working by switching to tty3 (alt + f4).</li> |
| 110 | -</ol><li title="action">Select Yes to install grub boot loader to master boot record and press Enter</li> |
| 111 | -<ol> |
| 112 | -<li title="expected_result">You should see a request to confirm date and time</li> |
| 113 | -</ol><li title="action">Select Yes to setting your clock to utc and press Enter</li> |
| 114 | -<ol> |
| 115 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be requested to remove the CD / USB key</li> |
| 116 | -</ol><li title="action">Remove the CD / USB key and press Enter</li> |
| 117 | -<ol> |
| 118 | -<li title="expected_result">This should then reboot the machine</li> |
| 119 | -</ol><li title="action">Log in and check the desktop is installed</li> |
| 120 | -<ol> |
| 121 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be able to log in and the desktop should be displayed</li> |
| 122 | -</ol><li title="action">Ask the machine to reboot</li> |
| 123 | -<ol> |
| 124 | -<li title="expected_result">Machine should reboot</li> |
| 125 | -</ol><li title="action">Login and check the system installed correctly</li> |
| 126 | -<ol> |
| 127 | -<li title="expected_result">Menus should be displayed</li> |
| 128 | -</ol> |
| 129 | -<strong> |
| 130 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 131 | -If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong>. |
| 132 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 133 | +<dl> |
| 134 | + <dt>Boot up the iso using a CD/DVD or USB Key</dt> |
| 135 | + <dd>System boots to 'Select Language'</dd> |
| 136 | + <dt>Select Install Ubuntu and press Enter</dt> |
| 137 | + <dd>System displays 'Select Location'</dd> |
| 138 | + <dt>Select location and press Enter</dt> |
| 139 | + <dd>The default for your location and language should already be selected.</dd> |
| 140 | + <dt>Select the layout you wish to use on the keyboard and press Enter</dt> |
| 141 | + <dd>The default for your location and language should already be selected.</dd> |
| 142 | + <dt>Add a hostname for the machine and press Enter</dt> |
| 143 | + <dd>You should be prompted for your name</dd> |
| 144 | + <dt>Type in your name and press Enter</dt> |
| 145 | + <dd>You should be prompted for a user name</dd> |
| 146 | + <dt>Type in your user name and press Enter (you can accept the default if you wish).</dt> |
| 147 | + <dd>You should be prompted to enter a password</dd> |
| 148 | + <dt>Add a password and press Enter</dt> |
| 149 | + <dd>You should be prompted to confirm ( If you entered a weak password, confirm that you want to keep it or select no and enter a stronger one).</dd> |
| 150 | + <dt>Confirm password and press Enter</dt> |
| 151 | + <dd>You should be asked if you wish to encrypt your home directory</dd> |
| 152 | + <dt>Select No for encrypted home directory and press Enter</dt> |
| 153 | + <dd>You should see confirmation of your time zone</dd> |
| 154 | + <dt>Verify that the pre-selected time zone is correct or select your time zone and press Enter</dt> |
| 155 | + <dd>You will be presented with formatting options</dd> |
| 156 | + <dt>Select Guided - use entire disk and press Enter</dt> |
| 157 | + <dd>You should see an option to select a disk to install on</dd> |
| 158 | + <dt>Select the disk to use and press Enter</dt> |
| 159 | + <dd>You should be asked to confirm the action</dd> |
| 160 | + <dt>Select Yes to accept the changes and press Enter</dt> |
| 161 | + <dd>You should see a request for http proxy information</dd> |
| 162 | + <dt>Input http proxy info or press Enter</dt> |
| 163 | + <dd>Wait for a while - The install may seem like it has locked at a percentage but is actually working in the background. You can check and see if it is working by switching to tty3 (alt + f4).</dd> |
| 164 | + <dt>Select Yes to install grub boot loader to master boot record and press Enter</dt> |
| 165 | + <dd>You should see a request to confirm date and time</dd> |
| 166 | + <dt>Select Yes to setting your clock to utc and press Enter</dt> |
| 167 | + <dd>You should be requested to remove the CD / USB key</dd> |
| 168 | + <dt>Remove the CD / USB key and press Enter</dt> |
| 169 | + <dd>This should then reboot the machine</dd> |
| 170 | + <dt>Log in and check the desktop is installed</dt> |
| 171 | + <dd>You should be able to log in and the desktop should be displayed</dd> |
| 172 | + <dt>Ask the machine to reboot</dt> |
| 173 | + <dd>Machine should reboot</dd> |
| 174 | + <dt>Login and check the system installed correctly</dt> |
| 175 | + <dd>Menus should be displayed</dd> |
| 176 | +</dl> |
| 177 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 178 | +If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result.</strong> |
| 179 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 180 | |
| 181 | === modified file 'testcases/image/1438_Alternate Install (Guided)' |
| 182 | --- testcases/image/1438_Alternate Install (Guided) 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 183 | +++ testcases/image/1438_Alternate Install (Guided) 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 184 | @@ -1,74 +1,47 @@ |
| 185 | -<ol> |
| 186 | -<li title="action">Boot up the iso using a CD/DVD or USB Key</li> |
| 187 | -<ol> |
| 188 | -<li title="expected_result">System boots to 'Select Language'</li> |
| 189 | -</ol> |
| 190 | -<li title="action">Select Install Ubuntu and press Enter</li> |
| 191 | -<ol> |
| 192 | -<li title="expected_result">System displays 'Select Location'</li> |
| 193 | -</ol><li title="action">Select location and press Enter</li> |
| 194 | -<ol> |
| 195 | -<li title="expected_result">The default for your location and language should already be selected.</li> |
| 196 | -</ol><li title="action">Select the layout you wish to use on the keyboard and press Enter</li> |
| 197 | -<ol> |
| 198 | -<li title="expected_result">The default for your location and language should already be selected.</li> |
| 199 | -</ol><li title="action">Add a hostname for the machine and press Enter</li> |
| 200 | -<ol> |
| 201 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be prompted for your name</li> |
| 202 | -</ol><li title="action">Type in your name and press Enter</li> |
| 203 | -<ol> |
| 204 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be prompted for a user name</li> |
| 205 | -</ol><li title="action">Type in your user name and press Enter (you can accept the default if you wish).</li> |
| 206 | -<ol> |
| 207 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be prompted to enter a password</li> |
| 208 | -</ol><li title="action">Add a password and press Enter</li> |
| 209 | -<ol> |
| 210 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be prompted to confirm ( If you entered a weak password, confirm that you want to keep it or select no and enter a stronger one).</li> |
| 211 | -</ol><li title="action">Confirm password and press Enter</li> |
| 212 | -<ol> |
| 213 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be asked if you wish to encrypt your home directory</li> |
| 214 | -</ol><li title="action">Select No for encrypted home directory and press Enter</li> |
| 215 | -<ol> |
| 216 | -<li title="expected_result">You should see confirmation of your time zone</li> |
| 217 | -</ol><li title="action">Verify that the pre-selected time zone is correct or select your time zone and press Enter</li> |
| 218 | -<ol> |
| 219 | -<li title="expected_result">You will be presented with formatting options</li> |
| 220 | -</ol><li title="action">Select Guided - resize "drive details" and use freed space and press Enter</li> |
| 221 | -<ol> |
| 222 | -<li title="expected_result">You should see that is has used 50% of the free area</li> |
| 223 | -<li title="action">Sub test case 1: Repeat the test case and select the minimum size for the partition</li> |
| 224 | -<li title="action">Sub test case 2: Repeat the test case and select the maximum size for the partition</li> |
| 225 | -<ol> |
| 226 | -<li title="expected_result">You should see the changes that will be made and verify that it corresponds to what you requested. </li> |
| 227 | -</ol></ol><li title="action">Select Yes to the notice and press Enter to write changes to disk</li> |
| 228 | -<ol> |
| 229 | -<li title="expected_result">You should see a request for http proxy information</li> |
| 230 | -</ol><li title="action">Input http proxy info or press Enter</li> |
| 231 | -<ol> |
| 232 | -<li title="expected_result">Wait for a while - The install may seem like it has locked at a percentage but is actually working in the background. You can check and see if it is working by switching to tty3 (alt + f4).</li> |
| 233 | -</ol><li title="action">Select Yes to install grub boot loader to master boot record and press Enter</li> |
| 234 | -<ol> |
| 235 | -<li title="expected_result">You should see a request to confirm date and time</li> |
| 236 | -</ol><li title="action">Select Yes to setting your clock to utc and press Enter</li> |
| 237 | -<ol> |
| 238 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be requested to remove the CD / USB key</li> |
| 239 | -</ol><li title="action">Remove the CD / USB key and press Enter</li> |
| 240 | -<ol> |
| 241 | -<li title="expected_result">This should then reboot the machine</li> |
| 242 | -</ol><li title="action">Log in and check the desktop is installed</li> |
| 243 | -<ol> |
| 244 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be able to log in and the desktop should be displayed</li> |
| 245 | -</ol><li title="action">Ask the machine to reboot</li> |
| 246 | -<ol> |
| 247 | -<li title="expected_result">Machine should reboot</li> |
| 248 | -</ol><li title="action">Login and check the system installed correctly</li> |
| 249 | -<ol> |
| 250 | -<li title="expected_result">Menus should be displayed</li> |
| 251 | -</ol> |
| 252 | -<strong> |
| 253 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 254 | -If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong>.</li> |
| 255 | -</ol> |
| 256 | -<strong> |
| 257 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 258 | -If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong>. |
| 259 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 260 | +<dl> |
| 261 | + <dt>Boot up the iso using a CD/DVD or USB Key</dt> |
| 262 | + <dd>System boots to 'Select Language'</dd> |
| 263 | + <dt>Select Install Ubuntu and press Enter</dt> |
| 264 | + <dd>System displays 'Select Location'</dd> |
| 265 | + <dt>Select location and press Enter</dt> |
| 266 | + <dd>The default for your location and language should already be selected.</dd> |
| 267 | + <dt>Select the layout you wish to use on the keyboard and press Enter</dt> |
| 268 | + <dd>The default for your location and language should already be selected.</dd> |
| 269 | + <dt>Add a hostname for the machine and press Enter</dt> |
| 270 | + <dd>You should be prompted for your name</dd> |
| 271 | + <dt>Type in your name and press Enter</dt> |
| 272 | + <dd>You should be prompted for a user name</dd> |
| 273 | + <dt>Type in your user name and press Enter (you can accept the default if you wish).</dt> |
| 274 | + <dd>You should be prompted to enter a password</dd> |
| 275 | + <dt>Add a password and press Enter</dt> |
| 276 | + <dd>You should be prompted to confirm ( If you entered a weak password, confirm that you want to keep it or select no and enter a stronger one).</dd> |
| 277 | + <dt>Confirm password and press Enter</dt> |
| 278 | + <dd>You should be asked if you wish to encrypt your home directory</dd> |
| 279 | + <dt>Select No for encrypted home directory and press Enter</dt> |
| 280 | + <dd>You should see confirmation of your time zone</dd> |
| 281 | + <dt>Verify that the pre-selected time zone is correct or select your time zone and press Enter</dt> |
| 282 | + <dd>You will be presented with formatting options</dd> |
| 283 | + <dt>Select Guided - resize "drive details" and use freed space and press Enter</dt> |
| 284 | + <dd>You should see that is has used 50% of the free area</dd> |
| 285 | + <dt>Sub test case 1: Repeat the test case and select the minimum size for the partition</dt> |
| 286 | + <dt>Sub test case 2: Repeat the test case and select the maximum size for the partition</dt> |
| 287 | + <dd>You should see the changes that will be made and verify that it corresponds to what you requested. </dd> |
| 288 | + <dt>Select Yes to the notice and press Enter to write changes to disk</dt> |
| 289 | + <dd>You should see a request for http proxy information</dd> |
| 290 | + <dt>Input http proxy info or press Enter</dt> |
| 291 | + <dd>Wait for a while - The install may seem like it has locked at a percentage but is actually working in the background. You can check and see if it is working by switching to tty3 (alt + f4).</dd> |
| 292 | + <dt>Select Yes to install grub boot loader to master boot record and press Enter</dt> |
| 293 | + <dd>You should see a request to confirm date and time</dd> |
| 294 | + <dt>Select Yes to setting your clock to utc and press Enter</dt> |
| 295 | + <dd>You should be requested to remove the CD / USB key</dd> |
| 296 | + <dt>Remove the CD / USB key and press Enter</dt> |
| 297 | + <dd>This should then reboot the machine</dd> |
| 298 | + <dt>Log in and check the desktop is installed</dt> |
| 299 | + <dd>You should be able to log in and the desktop should be displayed</dd> |
| 300 | + <dt>Ask the machine to reboot</dt> |
| 301 | + <dd>Machine should reboot</dd> |
| 302 | + <dt>Login and check the system installed correctly</dt> |
| 303 | + <dd>Menus should be displayed</dd> |
| 304 | +</dl> |
| 305 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 306 | +If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result.</li>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result.If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result.</strong> |
| 307 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 308 | |
| 309 | === modified file 'testcases/image/1439_Alternate Install (Encryption)' |
| 310 | --- testcases/image/1439_Alternate Install (Encryption) 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 311 | +++ testcases/image/1439_Alternate Install (Encryption) 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 312 | @@ -1,81 +1,54 @@ |
| 313 | -<ol> |
| 314 | -<li title="action">Boot up the iso using a CD/DVD or USB Key</li> |
| 315 | -<ol> |
| 316 | -<li title="expected_result">System boots to 'Select Language'</li> |
| 317 | -</ol> |
| 318 | -<li title="action">Select Install Ubuntu and press Enter</li> |
| 319 | -<ol> |
| 320 | -<li title="expected_result">System displays 'Select Location'</li> |
| 321 | -</ol><li title="action">Select location and press Enter</li> |
| 322 | -<ol> |
| 323 | -<li title="expected_result">The default for your location and language should already be selected.</li> |
| 324 | -</ol><li title="action">Select the layout you wish to use on the keyboard and press Enter</li> |
| 325 | -<ol> |
| 326 | -<li title="expected_result">The default for your location and language should already be selected.</li> |
| 327 | -</ol><li title="action">Add a hostname for the machine and press Enter</li> |
| 328 | -<ol> |
| 329 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be prompted for your name</li> |
| 330 | -</ol><li title="action">Type in your name and press Enter</li> |
| 331 | -<ol> |
| 332 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be prompted for a user name</li> |
| 333 | -</ol><li title="action">Type in your user name and press Enter (you can accept the default if you wish).</li> |
| 334 | -<ol> |
| 335 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be prompted to enter a password</li> |
| 336 | -</ol><li title="action">Add a password and press Enter</li> |
| 337 | -<ol> |
| 338 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be prompted to confirm ( If you entered a weak password, confirm that you want to keep it or select no and enter a stronger one).</li> |
| 339 | -</ol><li title="action">Confirm password and press Enter</li> |
| 340 | -<ol> |
| 341 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be asked if you wish to encrypt your home directory</li> |
| 342 | -</ol><li title="action">Select Yes for encrypted home directory and press Enter</li> |
| 343 | -<ol> |
| 344 | -<li title="expected_result">You should see confirmation of your time zone</li> |
| 345 | -</ol><li title="action">Verify that the pre-selected time zone is correct or select your time zone and press Enter</li> |
| 346 | -<ol> |
| 347 | -<li title="expected_result">You will be presented with formatting options</li> |
| 348 | -</ol><li title="action">Select Guided - use entire disk and set up encrypted LVM and press Enter</li> |
| 349 | -<ol> |
| 350 | -<li title="expected_result">You should see an option to select a disk to install on</li> |
| 351 | -</ol><li title="action">Select the disk to use and press Enter</li> |
| 352 | -<ol> |
| 353 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be asked to confirm the action</li> |
| 354 | -</ol><li title="action">Select Yes to accept the changes and press Enter</li> |
| 355 | -<ol> |
| 356 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be asked to enter an encryption passphraser</li> |
| 357 | -</ol><li title="action">Enter an encryption passphrase and press Enter</li> |
| 358 | -<ol> |
| 359 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be asked to confirm your passphrase</li> |
| 360 | -</ol><li title="action">Confirm your encryption passphrase by entering it again and press Enter</li> |
| 361 | -<ol> |
| 362 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be asked to specify an amount of the volume group to use for guided partitioning</li> |
| 363 | -</ol><li title="action">Specify an amount of the volume group to use for guided partitioning and press Enter</li> |
| 364 | -<ol> |
| 365 | -<li title="expected_result">You should see a request to confirm writing the changes to disk</li> |
| 366 | -</ol><li title="action">Select Yes to accept the changes and press Enter</li> |
| 367 | -<ol> |
| 368 | -<li title="expected_result">You should see a request for http proxy information</li> |
| 369 | -</ol><li title="action">Input http proxy info or press Enter</li> |
| 370 | -<ol> |
| 371 | -<li title="expected_result">Wait for a while - The install may seem like it has locked at a percentage but is actually working in the background. You can check and see if it is working by switching to tty3 (alt + f4).</li> |
| 372 | -</ol><li title="action">Select Yes to install grub boot loader to master boot record and press Enter</li> |
| 373 | -<ol> |
| 374 | -<li title="expected_result">You should see a request to confirm date and time</li> |
| 375 | -</ol><li title="action">Select Yes to setting your clock to utc and press Enter</li> |
| 376 | -<ol> |
| 377 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be requested to remove the CD / USB key</li> |
| 378 | -</ol><li title="action">Remove the CD / USB key and press Enter</li> |
| 379 | -<ol> |
| 380 | -<li title="expected_result">This should then reboot the machine</li> |
| 381 | -</ol><li title="action">Log in and check the desktop is installed</li> |
| 382 | -<ol> |
| 383 | -<li title="expected_result">You should be able to log in and the desktop should be displayed</li> |
| 384 | -</ol><li title="action">Ask the machine to reboot</li> |
| 385 | -<ol> |
| 386 | -<li title="expected_result">Machine should reboot</li> |
| 387 | -</ol><li title="action">Login and check the system installed correctly</li> |
| 388 | -<ol> |
| 389 | -<li title="expected_result">Menus should be displayed</li> |
| 390 | -</ol> |
| 391 | -<strong> |
| 392 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 393 | -If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong>. |
| 394 | +<dl> |
| 395 | + <dt>Boot up the iso using a CD/DVD or USB Key</dt> |
| 396 | + <dd>System boots to 'Select Language'</dd> |
| 397 | + <dt>Select Install Ubuntu and press Enter</dt> |
| 398 | + <dd>System displays 'Select Location'</dd> |
| 399 | + <dt>Select location and press Enter</dt> |
| 400 | + <dd>The default for your location and language should already be selected.</dd> |
| 401 | + <dt>Select the layout you wish to use on the keyboard and press Enter</dt> |
| 402 | + <dd>The default for your location and language should already be selected.</dd> |
| 403 | + <dt>Add a hostname for the machine and press Enter</dt> |
| 404 | + <dd>You should be prompted for your name</dd> |
| 405 | + <dt>Type in your name and press Enter</dt> |
| 406 | + <dd>You should be prompted for a user name</dd> |
| 407 | + <dt>Type in your user name and press Enter (you can accept the default if you wish).</dt> |
| 408 | + <dd>You should be prompted to enter a password</dd> |
| 409 | + <dt>Add a password and press Enter</dt> |
| 410 | + <dd>You should be prompted to confirm ( If you entered a weak password, confirm that you want to keep it or select no and enter a stronger one).</dd> |
| 411 | + <dt>Confirm password and press Enter</dt> |
| 412 | + <dd>You should be asked if you wish to encrypt your home directory</dd> |
| 413 | + <dt>Select Yes for encrypted home directory and press Enter</dt> |
| 414 | + <dd>You should see confirmation of your time zone</dd> |
| 415 | + <dt>Verify that the pre-selected time zone is correct or select your time zone and press Enter</dt> |
| 416 | + <dd>You will be presented with formatting options</dd> |
| 417 | + <dt>Select Guided - use entire disk and set up encrypted LVM and press Enter</dt> |
| 418 | + <dd>You should see an option to select a disk to install on</dd> |
| 419 | + <dt>Select the disk to use and press Enter</dt> |
| 420 | + <dd>You should be asked to confirm the action</dd> |
| 421 | + <dt>Select Yes to accept the changes and press Enter</dt> |
| 422 | + <dd>You should be asked to enter an encryption passphraser</dd> |
| 423 | + <dt>Enter an encryption passphrase and press Enter</dt> |
| 424 | + <dd>You should be asked to confirm your passphrase</dd> |
| 425 | + <dt>Confirm your encryption passphrase by entering it again and press Enter</dt> |
| 426 | + <dd>You should be asked to specify an amount of the volume group to use for guided partitioning</dd> |
| 427 | + <dt>Specify an amount of the volume group to use for guided partitioning and press Enter</dt> |
| 428 | + <dd>You should see a request to confirm writing the changes to disk</dd> |
| 429 | + <dt>Select Yes to accept the changes and press Enter</dt> |
| 430 | + <dd>You should see a request for http proxy information</dd> |
| 431 | + <dt>Input http proxy info or press Enter</dt> |
| 432 | + <dd>Wait for a while - The install may seem like it has locked at a percentage but is actually working in the background. You can check and see if it is working by switching to tty3 (alt + f4).</dd> |
| 433 | + <dt>Select Yes to install grub boot loader to master boot record and press Enter</dt> |
| 434 | + <dd>You should see a request to confirm date and time</dd> |
| 435 | + <dt>Select Yes to setting your clock to utc and press Enter</dt> |
| 436 | + <dd>You should be requested to remove the CD / USB key</dd> |
| 437 | + <dt>Remove the CD / USB key and press Enter</dt> |
| 438 | + <dd>This should then reboot the machine</dd> |
| 439 | + <dt>Log in and check the desktop is installed</dt> |
| 440 | + <dd>You should be able to log in and the desktop should be displayed</dd> |
| 441 | + <dt>Ask the machine to reboot</dt> |
| 442 | + <dd>Machine should reboot</dd> |
| 443 | + <dt>Login and check the system installed correctly</dt> |
| 444 | + <dd>Menus should be displayed</dd> |
| 445 | +</dl> |
| 446 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 447 | +If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result.</strong> |
| 448 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 449 | |
| 450 | === modified file 'testcases/image/1440_Live LTSP' |
| 451 | --- testcases/image/1440_Live LTSP 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 452 | +++ testcases/image/1440_Live LTSP 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 453 | @@ -1,24 +1,13 @@ |
| 454 | LTSP is the Linux Terminal Server Project. It allows you to set up a diskless workstation environment with not much effort. The Edubuntu DVD ships with a feature called Live LTSP that allows you to try out or demonstrate LTSP without making any permanent changes to a system. |
| 455 | - |
| 456 | -<ol> |
| 457 | -<li title="action">Start Edubuntu from a Live DVD or USB disk and select the "Try Edubuntu without Installing" option from the boot menu to start up to a full desktop session</li> |
| 458 | -<ol> |
| 459 | -<li title="expected_result">Edubuntu desktop boots up properly</li> |
| 460 | -</ol> |
| 461 | -<li title="action">Open the dash and type "LTSP Live"</li> |
| 462 | -<ol> |
| 463 | -<li title="expected_result">"LTSP Live" launches and displays a prompt</li> |
| 464 | -</ol> |
| 465 | -<li title="action">Select an unused network interface</li> |
| 466 | -<ol> |
| 467 | -<li title="expected_result">A configuring prompt displays showing progress</li> |
| 468 | -</ol> |
| 469 | - |
| 470 | -<li title="action">Boot a thin client and configure it to utilize the live LTSP server</li> |
| 471 | -<ol> |
| 472 | -<li title="expected_result">Thin client boots and obtains a working desktop from server</li> |
| 473 | -</ol> |
| 474 | -</ol> |
| 475 | -<strong> |
| 476 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 477 | -If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong>. |
| 478 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 479 | +<dl> |
| 480 | + <dt>Start Edubuntu from a Live DVD or USB disk and select the "Try Edubuntu without Installing" option from the boot menu to start up to a full desktop session</dt> |
| 481 | + <dd>Edubuntu desktop boots up properly</dd> |
| 482 | + <dt>Open the dash and type "LTSP Live"</dt> |
| 483 | + <dd>"LTSP Live" launches and displays a prompt</dd> |
| 484 | + <dt>Select an unused network interface</dt> |
| 485 | + <dd>A configuring prompt displays showing progress</dd> |
| 486 | + <dt>Boot a thin client and configure it to utilize the live LTSP server</dt> |
| 487 | + <dd>Thin client boots and obtains a working desktop from server</dd> |
| 488 | +</dl> |
| 489 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 490 | +If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result.</strong> |
| 491 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 492 | |
| 493 | === modified file 'testcases/image/1442_Mythbuntu Frontend' |
| 494 | --- testcases/image/1442_Mythbuntu Frontend 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 495 | +++ testcases/image/1442_Mythbuntu Frontend 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 496 | @@ -1,23 +1,19 @@ |
| 497 | The testcase tests the installation and basic functionality of a Frontend. You will need a MythTV backend in the network to do this testcase completely. |
| 498 | |
| 499 | -<ol> |
| 500 | -<li title="action">Go though the Ubiquity install as you would any other install. Most options won't matter for this testcase, but be sure to choose the following options</li> |
| 501 | -<ul> |
| 502 | -<li title="Specified Setting">Do NOT name the user mythtv</li> |
| 503 | -<li title="Specified Setting">Automatic (Guided) Partitioning</li> |
| 504 | -<li title="Specified Setting">"Frontend"</li> |
| 505 | -<li title="Specified Setting">If you have no remote, choose no remote suppport</li> |
| 506 | -<li>For the security key, enter the PIN from the backend (in the backend testcase, this is set to 1234)</li> |
| 507 | -</ul> |
| 508 | -<ol start=2> |
| 509 | -<li title="Action">Once installation is finished, remove the installation media and reboot.</li> |
| 510 | -<li title="Action">Once the machine boots up, it should boot into the frontend.</li> |
| 511 | -<li title="Action">Select "Watch TV". (this will only work if you have a backend already in the network)</li> |
| 512 | -</ol> |
| 513 | -<ol> |
| 514 | -<li title="Expected Result">The demo video should start playing.</li> |
| 515 | -</ol> |
| 516 | - |
| 517 | +<dl> |
| 518 | + <dt>Go though the Ubiquity install as you would any other install. Most options won't matter for this testcase, but be sure to choose the following options</dt> |
| 519 | + <ul> |
| 520 | + <li title="Specified Setting">Do NOT name the user mythtv</li> |
| 521 | + <li title="Specified Setting">Automatic (Guided) Partitioning</li> |
| 522 | + <li title="Specified Setting">"Frontend"</li> |
| 523 | + <li title="Specified Setting">If you have no remote, choose no remote suppport</li> |
| 524 | + <li title="Specified Setting">For the security key, enter the PIN from the backend (in the backend testcase, this is set to 1234)</li> |
| 525 | + </ul> |
| 526 | + <dt>Once installation is finished, remove the installation media and reboot.</dt> |
| 527 | + <dt>Once the machine boots up, it should boot into the frontend.</dt> |
| 528 | + <dt>Select "Watch TV". (this will only work if you have a backend already in the network)</dt> |
| 529 | + <dd>The demo video should start playing.</dd> |
| 530 | +</dl> |
| 531 | <strong> |
| 532 | If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 533 | -If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong>. |
| 534 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 535 | +If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong>. |
| 536 | |
| 537 | === modified file 'testcases/image/1444_Mythbuntu Backend & Frontend' |
| 538 | --- testcases/image/1444_Mythbuntu Backend & Frontend 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 539 | +++ testcases/image/1444_Mythbuntu Backend & Frontend 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 540 | @@ -1,75 +1,56 @@ |
| 541 | The testcase tests the installation and basic functionality of a Primary Backend with Frontend. |
| 542 | |
| 543 | -<ol> |
| 544 | -<li title="Action">Go though the Ubiquity install as you would any other install. Most options won't matter for this testcase, but be sure to choose the following options</li> |
| 545 | -</ol> |
| 546 | -<ul> |
| 547 | -<li title="Specified Setting">Do NOT name the user mythtv</li> |
| 548 | -<li title="Specified Setting">Automatic (Guided) Partitioning</li> |
| 549 | -<li title="Specified Setting">"Primary Backend w/ Frontend"</li> |
| 550 | -<li title="Specified Setting">"MythTV service" checkbox is checked</li> |
| 551 | -<li title="Specified Setting">If you have no remote, choose no remote suppport</li> |
| 552 | -</ul> |
| 553 | -<ol start=2> |
| 554 | -<li title="Action">Once installation is finished, remove the installation media and reboot.</li> |
| 555 | -<li title="Action">Once the installed system boots, it will boot into the MythTV frontend. Exit the frontend by hitting escape and selecting "yes, exit now"</li> |
| 556 | -<li title="Action">Download a demo file. I recommend a MP4 trailer (for example, the 480p MP4 trailer at http://www.sintel.org/download ).</li> |
| 557 | -<li title="Action">Once downloaded, move this file to the /srv/ directory (it must be outside your home directory)</li> |
| 558 | -<li title="Action">Open the Applications menu and choose system and then "Mythtv backend setup".</li> |
| 559 | -<li title="Action">Say yes to stop the running mythtv-backend service</li> |
| 560 | -<li title="Action">Once in mythtv-setup, go to "1. General"</li> |
| 561 | -<li title="Action">On the first screen, edit the following options</li> |
| 562 | -</ol> |
| 563 | -<ul> |
| 564 | -<li title="Specified Setting">IP Address (Under Local Backend): [use the machine's IP address (not 127.0.0.1)]</li> |
| 565 | -<li title="Specified Setting">Security PIN (required): 1234</li> |
| 566 | -<li title="Specified Setting">IP Address (Under Master Backend): [use the machine's IP address (not 127.0.0.1)]</li> |
| 567 | -</ul> |
| 568 | -<ol start=10> |
| 569 | -<li title="Action">Hit next until you get back to the main menu</li> |
| 570 | -<li title="Action">Go to "2. Capture cards" and select "(New capture card)"</li> |
| 571 | -<li title="Action">Setup the new card using the following options</li> |
| 572 | -</ol> |
| 573 | -<ul> |
| 574 | -<li title="Specified Setting">Card Type: Import test recorder</li> |
| 575 | -<li title="Specified Setting">File path: file:/srv/sintel_trailer-480p.mp4</li> |
| 576 | -<ul> |
| 577 | -<li title="Note">When you put in the file path, it should detect the "File info" and "File size"</li> |
| 578 | -</ul> |
| 579 | -<ol start=13> |
| 580 | -<li title="Action">Hit Finish, then escape to go back to the main menu</li> |
| 581 | -<li title="Action">Go to "4. Video sources" and select "(New video source)"</li> |
| 582 | -<li title="Action">Setup the video source with the following options</li> |
| 583 | -</ol> |
| 584 | -<ul> |
| 585 | -<li title="Specified Setting">Video source name: NoGrabber</li> |
| 586 | -<li title="Specified Setting">Listings grabber: No grabber</li> |
| 587 | -</ul> |
| 588 | -<ol start=16> |
| 589 | -<li title="Action">Hit Finish, then escape to go back to the main menu</li> |
| 590 | -<li title="Action">Go to "5. Input connections", and select the only option in there (the DEMO recorder)</li> |
| 591 | -<li title="Action">Setup as follows</li> |
| 592 | -</ol> |
| 593 | -<ul> |
| 594 | -<li title="Specified Setting">Video source: NoGrabber</li> |
| 595 | -</ul> |
| 596 | -<ol start=19> |
| 597 | -<li title="Action">Hit Next, then finish, then escape to go back to the main menu.</li> |
| 598 | -<li title="Action">Hit escape and exit the backend setup. </li> |
| 599 | -</ol> |
| 600 | -<ul> |
| 601 | -<li title="Note">You may get a warning that the tuner is set to start on a channel that doesn't exist. This can be safely ignored since we are using a test recorder.</li> |
| 602 | -</ul> |
| 603 | -<ol start=21> |
| 604 | -<li title="Action">Select yes to start the backend</li> |
| 605 | -<li title="Action">Select no when prompted to run mythfilldatabase</li> |
| 606 | -<li title="Action">Start the frontend via Applications > Multimedia > MythTV Frontend </li> |
| 607 | -<li title="Action">Select "Watch TV". </li> |
| 608 | -</ol> |
| 609 | -<ul> |
| 610 | -<li title="Expected result">The demo video should start playing.</li> |
| 611 | -</ul> |
| 612 | - |
| 613 | -<strong> |
| 614 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 615 | -If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong>. |
| 616 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 617 | +<dl> |
| 618 | + <dt>Go though the Ubiquity install as you would any other install. Most options won't matter for this testcase, but be sure to choose the following options |
| 619 | + <ul> |
| 620 | + <li title="Specified Setting">Do NOT name the user mythtv</li> |
| 621 | + <li title="Specified Setting">Automatic (Guided) Partitioning</li> |
| 622 | + <li title="Specified Setting">"Primary Backend w/ Frontend"</li> |
| 623 | + <li title="Specified Setting">"MythTV service" checkbox is checked</li> |
| 624 | + <li title="Specified Setting">If you have no remote, choose no remote suppport</li> |
| 625 | + </ul></dt> |
| 626 | + <dt>Once installation is finished, remove the installation media and reboot.</dt> |
| 627 | + <dt>Once the installed system boots, it will boot into the MythTV frontend. Exit the frontend by hitting escape and selecting "yes, exit now"</dt> |
| 628 | + <dt>Download a demo file. I recommend a MP4 trailer (for example, the 480p MP4 trailer at http://www.sintel.org/download ).</dt> |
| 629 | + <dt>Once downloaded, move this file to the /srv/ directory (it must be outside your home directory)</dt> |
| 630 | + <dt>Open the Applications menu and choose system and then "Mythtv backend setup".</dt> |
| 631 | + <dt>Say yes to stop the running mythtv-backend service</dt> |
| 632 | + <dt>Once in mythtv-setup, go to "1. General"</dt> |
| 633 | + <dt>On the first screen, edit the following options |
| 634 | + <ul> |
| 635 | + <li title="Specified Setting">IP Address (Under Local Backend): [use the machine's IP address (not 127.0.0.1)]</li> |
| 636 | + <li title="Specified Setting">Security PIN (required): 1234</li> |
| 637 | + <li title="Specified Setting">IP Address (Under Master Backend): [use the machine's IP address (not 127.0.0.1)]</li> |
| 638 | + </ul></dt> |
| 639 | + <dt>Hit next until you get back to the main menu</dt> |
| 640 | + <dt>Go to "2. Capture cards" and select "(New capture card)"</dt> |
| 641 | + <dt>Setup the new card using the following options</dt> |
| 642 | + <ul> |
| 643 | + <li title="Specified Setting">Card Type: Import test recorder</li> |
| 644 | + <li title="Specified Setting">File path: file:/srv/sintel_trailer-480p.mp4</li> |
| 645 | + </ul> |
| 646 | + <dd>When you put in the file path, it should detect the "File info" and "File size"</dd> |
| 647 | + <dt>Hit Finish, then escape to go back to the main menu</dt> |
| 648 | + <dt>Go to "4. Video sources" and select "(New video source)"</dt> |
| 649 | + <dt>Setup the video source with the following options |
| 650 | + <ul> |
| 651 | + <li title="Specified Setting">Video source name: NoGrabber</li> |
| 652 | + <li title="Specified Setting">Listings grabber: No grabber</li> |
| 653 | + </ul></dt> |
| 654 | + <dt>Hit Finish, then escape to go back to the main menu</dt> |
| 655 | + <dt>Go to "5. Input connections", and select the only option in there (the DEMO recorder)</dt> |
| 656 | + <dt>Setup as follows |
| 657 | + <ul> |
| 658 | + <li title="Specified Setting">Video source: NoGrabber</li> |
| 659 | + </ul></dt> |
| 660 | + <dt>Hit Next, then finish, then escape to go back to the main menu.</dt> |
| 661 | + <dt>Hit escape and exit the backend setup.</dt> |
| 662 | + <dd>You may get a warning that the tuner is set to start on a channel that doesn't exist. This can be safely ignored since we are using a test recorder.</dd> |
| 663 | + <dt>Select yes to start the backend</dt> |
| 664 | + <dt>Select no when prompted to run mythfilldatabase</dt> |
| 665 | + <dt>Start the frontend via Applications > Multimedia > MythTV Frontend </dt> |
| 666 | + <dt>Select "Watch TV". </dt> |
| 667 | + <dd>The demo video should start playing.</dd> |
| 668 | +</dl> |
| 669 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 670 | +If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong>. |
| 671 | |
| 672 | === modified file 'testcases/image/1448_Unity Lenses' |
| 673 | --- testcases/image/1448_Unity Lenses 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 674 | +++ testcases/image/1448_Unity Lenses 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 675 | @@ -1,183 +1,120 @@ |
| 676 | Test-case dash/application-lens |
| 677 | -<ol> |
| 678 | -<li title="action">Tap super to show the dash</li> |
| 679 | -<li title="action">Click on the application lens icon</li> |
| 680 | -<ol> |
| 681 | -<li title="expected_result">The search entry should show "search applications" and you should have three categories: |
| 682 | -<br> - recently used apps |
| 683 | -<br> - installed |
| 684 | -<br> - apps available for download</li> |
| 685 | -</ol> |
| 686 | -</ol> |
| 687 | -Test-case dash/application-lens-search |
| 688 | -<ol> |
| 689 | -<li title="action">Tap super to show the dash</li> |
| 690 | -<li title="action">Click on the application lens icon</li> |
| 691 | -<li title="action">Make a search</li> |
| 692 | -<ol> |
| 693 | -<li title="expected_result">Results should appear in each category</li> |
| 694 | -</ol> |
| 695 | -<li title="action">Open the filter by clicking on "Filter Results"</li> |
| 696 | -<li title="action">Change the filters for each filter type</li> |
| 697 | -<ol> |
| 698 | -<li title="expected_result">Search results should change, at least on one category</li> |
| 699 | -</ol> |
| 700 | -</ol> |
| 701 | -Test-case dash/file-lens |
| 702 | -<ol> |
| 703 | -<li title="action">Tap super to show the dash</li> |
| 704 | -<li title="action">Click on the file lens icon</li> |
| 705 | -<ol> |
| 706 | -<li title="expected_result">The search entry should show "search files" and you should have three categories: |
| 707 | -<br> - recent (if you opened at least one file on your computer) |
| 708 | -<br> - download (if you have files in ~/Download) |
| 709 | -<br> - folder</li> |
| 710 | -</ol> |
| 711 | -</ol> |
| 712 | -Test-case dash/file-lens-search |
| 713 | -<ol> |
| 714 | -<li title="action">Tap super to show the dash</li> |
| 715 | -<li title="action">Click on the file lens icon</li> |
| 716 | -<li title="action">Make a search</li> |
| 717 | -<ol> |
| 718 | -<li title="expected_result">It should impact the result on each category</li> |
| 719 | -</ol> |
| 720 | -<li title="action">Open the filter by clicking on "Filter Results"</li> |
| 721 | -<li title="action">Change the filters for each of filter type</li> |
| 722 | -<ol> |
| 723 | -<li title="expected_result">It should change the results, at least on one category</li> |
| 724 | -</ol> |
| 725 | -</ol> |
| 726 | -Test-case dash/music-lens |
| 727 | -<ol> |
| 728 | -<li title="action">Tap super to show the dash</li> |
| 729 | -<li title="action">Click on the music lens icon</li> |
| 730 | -<ol> |
| 731 | -<li title="expected_result">the search entry should show "search music" and you should have two categories, filled with the indexed music |
| 732 | -<br> - tracks |
| 733 | -<br> - albums</li> |
| 734 | -</ol> |
| 735 | -</ol> |
| 736 | -Test-case dash/music-lens-search |
| 737 | -<ol> |
| 738 | -<li title="action">Tap super to show the dash</li> |
| 739 | -<li title="action">Click on the music lens icon</li> |
| 740 | -<li title="action">Make a search</li> |
| 741 | -<ol> |
| 742 | -<li title="expected_result">it should impact the result on each category. A search for a popular group like "u2" should show some online result in an additional category</li> |
| 743 | -</ol> |
| 744 | -<li title="action">Open the filter by clicking on "Filter Results"</li> |
| 745 | -<li title="action">Change the filters for each of filter type</li> |
| 746 | -<ol> |
| 747 | -<li title="expected_result">It should change the results, at least on one category</li> |
| 748 | -</ol> |
| 749 | -</ol> |
| 750 | - |
| 751 | -Test-case dash/lens-preview-music |
| 752 | -<ol> |
| 753 | -<li title="action">Tap super to show the dash</li> |
| 754 | -<li title="action">Click on the music lens icon</li> |
| 755 | -<li title="action">Make a search</li> |
| 756 | -<ol> |
| 757 | -<li title="expected_result">it should impact the result on each category. A search for a popular group like "u2" should show some online result in an additional category</li> |
| 758 | -</ol> |
| 759 | -<li title="action">Right click on an album</li> |
| 760 | -<ol> |
| 761 | -<li title="expected_result">A lens preview should appear showing the album cover, with right and left buttons to scroll between previews, and a list of songs within the album. Further a Download or buy button should be located below the track listing</li> |
| 762 | -</ol> |
| 763 | -<li title="action">Click the play button next to a track</li> |
| 764 | -<ol> |
| 765 | -<li title="expected_result">The button should change to a pause button and begin playing, showing the track progress as it plays</li> |
| 766 | -</ol> |
| 767 | -<li title="action">Click the pause button next to a track and then click the play button again</li> |
| 768 | -<ol> |
| 769 | -<li title="expected_result">The track should stop playing and then start again from the same location in the song</li> |
| 770 | -</ol> |
| 771 | -<li title="action">Click the right and left arrows next to the preview</li> |
| 772 | -<ol> |
| 773 | -<li title="expected_result">The item in the list to the right and left of the preview should display</li> |
| 774 | -</ol> |
| 775 | -</ol> |
| 776 | - |
| 777 | -Test-case dash/lens-preview-file |
| 778 | -<ol> |
| 779 | -<li title="action">Tap super to show the dash</li> |
| 780 | -<li title="action">Right click on a file under the the Files & Folders Category</li> |
| 781 | -<ol> |
| 782 | -<li title="expected_result">A lens preview should appear showing a preview of the file (the file icon), with right and left buttons to scroll between previews, and some details on the filename and the time and date information. Further several buttons; email, open/play, and show in folder should exist below the preview</li> |
| 783 | -</ol> |
| 784 | -<li title="action">Click the open button</li> |
| 785 | -<ol> |
| 786 | -<li title="expected_result">The file should be opened/played</li> |
| 787 | -</ol> |
| 788 | -<li title="action">Click the email button</li> |
| 789 | -<ol> |
| 790 | -<li title="expected_result">The file should be attached to an email in your email client</li> |
| 791 | -</ol> |
| 792 | -<li title="action">Click the show in folder button</li> |
| 793 | -<ol> |
| 794 | -<li title="expected_result">The file should show in the folder</li> |
| 795 | -</ol> |
| 796 | -</ol> |
| 797 | - |
| 798 | -Test-case dash/lens-preview-video |
| 799 | -<ol> |
| 800 | -<li title="action">Tap super to show the dash</li> |
| 801 | -<li title="action">Click on the videos lens icon</li> |
| 802 | -<li title="action">Right click on a file</li> |
| 803 | -<ol> |
| 804 | -<li title="expected_result">A lens preview should appear showing a preview of the file (the file icon), with right and left buttons to scroll between previews, and some details on the filename and the time and date information. Further several buttons; open, and show in folder should exist below the preview</li> |
| 805 | -</ol> |
| 806 | -<li title="action">Click the open/play button</li> |
| 807 | -<ol> |
| 808 | -<li title="expected_result">The file should be opened/played</li> |
| 809 | -</ol> |
| 810 | -<li title="action">Click the show in folder button</li> |
| 811 | -<ol> |
| 812 | -<li title="expected_result">The file should show in the folder</li> |
| 813 | -</ol> |
| 814 | -</ol> |
| 815 | - |
| 816 | -Test-case dash/lens-preview-application |
| 817 | -<ol> |
| 818 | -<li title="action">Tap super to show the dash</li> |
| 819 | -<li title="action">Right click on an application under the the applications Category</li> |
| 820 | -<ol> |
| 821 | -<li title="expected_result">A lens preview should appear showing a preview of the application (potentially a screenshot), with right and left buttons to scroll between previews, and some details on the application, including the review from the software center. Further two buttons; uninstall and launch should exist below the preview</li> |
| 822 | -</ol> |
| 823 | -<li title="action">Click the uninstall button</li> |
| 824 | -<ol> |
| 825 | -<li title="expected_result">A password prompt displays (if password is not cached) and the program is uninstalled </li> |
| 826 | -</ol> |
| 827 | -<li title="action">Tap super to show the dash</li> |
| 828 | -<li title="action">Open the applications lens</li> |
| 829 | -<li title="action">Search for the application you uninstalled and right click on it</li> |
| 830 | -<ol> |
| 831 | -<li title="expected_result">A lens preview should appear showing a preview of the application (potentially a screenshot), with right and left buttons to scroll between previews, and some details on the application, including the review from the software center. Further two buttons; developer site and a download button should exist below the preview</li> |
| 832 | -</ol> |
| 833 | -<li title="action">Click the download button</li> |
| 834 | -<ol> |
| 835 | -<li title="expected_result">The application should install and add a new launcher icon to the launcher</li> |
| 836 | -</ol> |
| 837 | -</ol> |
| 838 | - |
| 839 | -Test-case dash/more-suggestions |
| 840 | -<ol> |
| 841 | -<li title="action">Tap super to show the dash</li> |
| 842 | -<li title="action">Type in a word to search for, for example 'cheese'</li> |
| 843 | -<ol> |
| 844 | -<li title="expected_result">A more-suggestions category should appear</li> |
| 845 | -</ol> |
| 846 | -<li title="action">Right click on one of the listings in the more-suggestions category</li> |
| 847 | -<ol> |
| 848 | -<li title="expected_result">A lens preview should appear showing a preview of the item (potentially a picture), with right and left buttons to scroll between previews, and some details on the item. Further one buy button should exist below the preview</li> |
| 849 | -</ol> |
| 850 | -<li title="action">Click the buy button</li> |
| 851 | -<ol> |
| 852 | -<li title="expected_result">A web browser should launch loading the amazon page containing the item</li> |
| 853 | -</ol> |
| 854 | -</ol> |
| 855 | - |
| 856 | -<strong> |
| 857 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 858 | -If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong>. |
| 859 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 860 | +<dl> |
| 861 | + <dt>Tap super to show the dash</dt> |
| 862 | + <dt>Click on the application lens icon</dt> |
| 863 | + <dd>The search entry should show "search applications" and you should have three categories: |
| 864 | + <br> - recently used apps |
| 865 | + <br> - installed |
| 866 | + <br> - apps available for download</li> |
| 867 | +</dl> |
| 868 | +Test-case dash/application-lens-search |
| 869 | +<dl> |
| 870 | + <dt>Tap super to show the dash</dt> |
| 871 | + <dt>Click on the application lens icon</dt> |
| 872 | + <dt>Make a search</dt> |
| 873 | + <dd>Results should appear in each category</dd> |
| 874 | + <dt>Open the filter by clicking on "Filter Results"</dt> |
| 875 | + <dt>Change the filters for each filter type</dt> |
| 876 | + <dd>Search results should change, at least on one category</dd> |
| 877 | +</dl> |
| 878 | +Test-case dash/file-lens |
| 879 | +<dl> |
| 880 | + <dt>Tap super to show the dash</dt> |
| 881 | + <dt>Click on the file lens icon</dt> |
| 882 | + <dd>The search entry should show "search files" and you should have three categories: |
| 883 | + <br> - recent (if you opened at least one file on your computer) |
| 884 | + <br> - download (if you have files in ~/Download) |
| 885 | + <br> - folder</li> |
| 886 | +</dl> |
| 887 | +Test-case dash/file-lens-search |
| 888 | +<dl> |
| 889 | + <dt>Tap super to show the dash</dt> |
| 890 | + <dt>Click on the file lens icon</dt> |
| 891 | + <dt>Make a search</dt> |
| 892 | + <dd>It should impact the result on each category</dd> |
| 893 | + <dt>Open the filter by clicking on "Filter Results"</dt> |
| 894 | + <dt>Change the filters for each of filter type</dt> |
| 895 | + <dd>It should change the results, at least on one category</dd> |
| 896 | +</dl> |
| 897 | +Test-case dash/music-lens |
| 898 | +<dl> |
| 899 | + <dt>Tap super to show the dash</dt> |
| 900 | + <dt>Click on the music lens icon</dt> |
| 901 | + <dd>the search entry should show "search music" and you should have two categories, filled with the indexed music |
| 902 | + <br> - tracks |
| 903 | + <br> - albums</li> |
| 904 | +</dl> |
| 905 | +Test-case dash/music-lens-search |
| 906 | +<dl> |
| 907 | + <dt>Tap super to show the dash</dt> |
| 908 | + <dt>Click on the music lens icon</dt> |
| 909 | + <dt>Make a search</dt> |
| 910 | + <dd>it should impact the result on each category. A search for a popular group like "u2" should show some online result in an additional category</dd> |
| 911 | + <dt>Open the filter by clicking on "Filter Results"</dt> |
| 912 | + <dt>Change the filters for each of filter type</dt> |
| 913 | + <dd>It should change the results, at least on one category</dd> |
| 914 | +</dl> |
| 915 | +Test-case dash/lens-preview-music |
| 916 | +<dl> |
| 917 | + <dt>Tap super to show the dash</dt> |
| 918 | + <dt>Click on the music lens icon</dt> |
| 919 | + <dt>Make a search</dt> |
| 920 | + <dd>it should impact the result on each category. A search for a popular group like "u2" should show some online result in an additional category</dd> |
| 921 | + <dt>Right click on an album</dt> |
| 922 | + <dd>A lens preview should appear showing the album cover, with right and left buttons to scroll between previews, and a list of songs within the album. Further a Download or buy button should be located below the track listing</dd> |
| 923 | + <dt>Click the play button next to a track</dt> |
| 924 | + <dd>The button should change to a pause button and begin playing, showing the track progress as it plays</dd> |
| 925 | + <dt>Click the pause button next to a track and then click the play button again</dt> |
| 926 | + <dd>The track should stop playing and then start again from the same location in the song</dd> |
| 927 | + <dt>Click the right and left arrows next to the preview</dt> |
| 928 | + <dd>The item in the list to the right and left of the preview should display</dd> |
| 929 | +</dl> |
| 930 | +Test-case dash/lens-preview-file |
| 931 | +<dl> |
| 932 | + <dt>Tap super to show the dash</dt> |
| 933 | + <dt>Right click on a file under the the Files & Folders Category</dt> |
| 934 | + <dd>A lens preview should appear showing a preview of the file (the file icon), with right and left buttons to scroll between previews, and some details on the filename and the time and date information. Further several buttons; email, open/play, and show in folder should exist below the preview</dd> |
| 935 | + <dt>Click the open button</dt> |
| 936 | + <dd>The file should be opened/played</dd> |
| 937 | + <dt>Click the email button</dt> |
| 938 | + <dd>The file should be attached to an email in your email client</dd> |
| 939 | + <dt>Click the show in folder button</dt> |
| 940 | + <dd>The file should show in the folder</dd> |
| 941 | +</dl> |
| 942 | +Test-case dash/lens-preview-video |
| 943 | +<dl> |
| 944 | + <dt>Tap super to show the dash</dt> |
| 945 | + <dt>Click on the videos lens icon</dt> |
| 946 | + <dt>Right click on a file</dt> |
| 947 | + <dd>A lens preview should appear showing a preview of the file (the file icon), with right and left buttons to scroll between previews, and some details on the filename and the time and date information. Further several buttons; open, and show in folder should exist below the preview</dd> |
| 948 | + <dt>Click the open/play button</dt> |
| 949 | + <dd>The file should be opened/played</dd> |
| 950 | + <dt>Click the show in folder button</dt> |
| 951 | + <dd>The file should show in the folder</dd> |
| 952 | +</dl> |
| 953 | +Test-case dash/lens-preview-application |
| 954 | +<dl> |
| 955 | + <dt>Tap super to show the dash</dt> |
| 956 | + <dt>Right click on an application under the the applications Category</dt> |
| 957 | + <dd>A lens preview should appear showing a preview of the application (potentially a screenshot), with right and left buttons to scroll between previews, and some details on the application, including the review from the software center. Further two buttons; uninstall and launch should exist below the preview</dd> |
| 958 | + <dt>Click the uninstall button</dt> |
| 959 | + <dd>A password prompt displays (if password is not cached) and the program is uninstalled </dd> |
| 960 | + <dt>Tap super to show the dash</dt> |
| 961 | + <dt>Open the applications lens</dt> |
| 962 | + <dt>Search for the application you uninstalled and right click on it</dt> |
| 963 | + <dd>A lens preview should appear showing a preview of the application (potentially a screenshot), with right and left buttons to scroll between previews, and some details on the application, including the review from the software center. Further two buttons; developer site and a download button should exist below the preview</dd> |
| 964 | + <dt>Click the download button</dt> |
| 965 | + <dd>The application should install and add a new launcher icon to the launcher</dd> |
| 966 | +</dl> |
| 967 | +Test-case dash/more-suggestions |
| 968 | +<dl> |
| 969 | + <dt>Tap super to show the dash</dt> |
| 970 | + <dt>Type in a word to search for, for example 'cheese'</dt> |
| 971 | + <dd>A more-suggestions category should appear</dd> |
| 972 | + <dt>Right click on one of the listings in the more-suggestions category</dt> |
| 973 | + <dd>A lens preview should appear showing a preview of the item (potentially a picture), with right and left buttons to scroll between previews, and some details on the item. Further one buy button should exist below the preview</dd> |
| 974 | + <dt>Click the buy button</dt> |
| 975 | + <dd>A web browser should launch loading the amazon page containing the item</dd> |
| 976 | +</dl> |
| 977 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 978 | +If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result.</strong> |
| 979 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 980 | |
| 981 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1306_Kernel Smoke Tests' |
| 982 | --- testcases/packages/1306_Kernel Smoke Tests 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 983 | +++ testcases/packages/1306_Kernel Smoke Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 984 | @@ -1,10 +1,9 @@ |
| 985 | -<ol> |
| 986 | -<li>Does the system boot properly?</li> |
| 987 | -<li>Is your graphics card recognized?</li> |
| 988 | -<li>Is your networking hardware properly recognized?</li> |
| 989 | -<li>Where applicable, are you able to suspend and resume your system?</li> |
| 990 | -<li>Does all of your hardware work?</li> |
| 991 | -</li> |
| 992 | -<strong> |
| 993 | -If you answer 'yes' to all questions, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 994 | +<dl> |
| 995 | + <dt>Does the system boot properly?</dt> |
| 996 | + <dt>Is your graphics card recognized?</dt> |
| 997 | + <dt>Is your networking hardware properly recognized?</dt> |
| 998 | + <dt>Where applicable, are you able to suspend and resume your system?</dt> |
| 999 | + <dt>Does all of your hardware work?</dt> |
| 1000 | +</dl> |
| 1001 | +<strong>If you answer 'yes' to all questions, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 1002 | If you answer 'no' to any question, then please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 1003 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 1004 | |
| 1005 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1308_software-properties Smoke Tests' |
| 1006 | --- testcases/packages/1308_software-properties Smoke Tests 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 1007 | +++ testcases/packages/1308_software-properties Smoke Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 1008 | @@ -1,10 +1,9 @@ |
| 1009 | Where applicable, please answer the following questions: |
| 1010 | -<ol> |
| 1011 | -<li>Is your graphics card recognized? Is the driver listed?</li> |
| 1012 | -<li>Is your networking card recognized? Is the driver listed?</li> |
| 1013 | -<li>If you enable the drivers, does your hardware work?</li> |
| 1014 | -<li>Does the gui work properly and function well?</li> |
| 1015 | -</li> |
| 1016 | -<strong> |
| 1017 | -If you answer 'yes' to all questions, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 1018 | +<dl> |
| 1019 | + <dt>Is your graphics card recognized? Is the driver listed?</dt> |
| 1020 | + <dt>Is your networking card recognized? Is the driver listed?</dt> |
| 1021 | + <dt>If you enable the drivers, does your hardware work?</dt> |
| 1022 | + <dt>Does the gui work properly and function well?</dt> |
| 1023 | +</dl> |
| 1024 | +<strong>If you answer 'yes' to all questions, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 1025 | If you answer 'no' to any question, then please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 1026 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 1027 | |
| 1028 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1336_Pulseaudio Smoke Tests' |
| 1029 | --- testcases/packages/1336_Pulseaudio Smoke Tests 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 1030 | +++ testcases/packages/1336_Pulseaudio Smoke Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 1031 | @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ |
| 1032 | -<ol> |
| 1033 | -<li>Does your audio work properly?</li> |
| 1034 | -<li>Are you still able to control sound via the sound applet?</li> |
| 1035 | -<li>If you use pavucontrol (sudo apt-get install pavucontrol), are you still able to control sound and input devices properly?</li> |
| 1036 | -<li>Is your sound hardware recognized properly?</li> |
| 1037 | -<li>Does hotplugging a microphone or headset work properly?</li> |
| 1038 | -<li>If you have bluetooth audio hardware, does it work properly once paired?</li> |
| 1039 | -<li>Overall, does everything function the same or better than the stable version?</li> |
| 1040 | -</ol> |
| 1041 | -<strong> |
| 1042 | -If you answer 'yes' to all questions, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 1043 | +<dl> |
| 1044 | + <dt>Does your audio work properly?</dt> |
| 1045 | + <dt>Are you still able to control sound via the sound applet?</dt> |
| 1046 | + <dt>If you use pavucontrol (sudo apt-get install pavucontrol), are you still able to control sound and input devices properly?</dt> |
| 1047 | + <dt>Is your sound hardware recognized properly?</dt> |
| 1048 | + <dt>Does hotplugging a microphone or headset work properly?</dt> |
| 1049 | + <dt>If you have bluetooth audio hardware, does it work properly once paired?</dt> |
| 1050 | + <dt>Overall, does everything function the same or better than the stable version?</dt> |
| 1051 | +</dl> |
| 1052 | +<strong>If you answer 'yes' to all questions, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 1053 | If you answer 'no' to any question, then please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 1054 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 1055 | |
| 1056 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1414_Deja-Dup Tests' |
| 1057 | --- testcases/packages/1414_Deja-Dup Tests 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 1058 | +++ testcases/packages/1414_Deja-Dup Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 1059 | @@ -1,64 +1,35 @@ |
| 1060 | Test-case name: dejadup/dej-001 |
| 1061 | -This test will check that Dejadup can backup and restore files |
| 1062 | -<ol> |
| 1063 | -<li title="action"> Create a test folder in your home directory with one test text file.</li> |
| 1064 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch backup by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘backup’</li> |
| 1065 | -<ol> |
| 1066 | -<li title="expected_result">Backup should launch</li> |
| 1067 | -</ol> |
| 1068 | -<li title="action"> Click 'Just show my backup settings'</li> |
| 1069 | -<ol> |
| 1070 | -<li title="expected_result">Tabs list in the sidebar appears, Overview tab is selected by default</li> |
| 1071 | -</ol> |
| 1072 | -<li title="action"> Click 'Folders' tab. Remove all folders from 'Folders to backup' list, then add your test folder containing the test document file</li> |
| 1073 | -<ol> |
| 1074 | -<li title="expected_result">'Folders to backup' list contains your test folder</li> |
| 1075 | -</ol> |
| 1076 | -<li title="action"> Click 'Storage' tab and select a valid backup location</li> |
| 1077 | -<ol> |
| 1078 | -<li title="expected_result">Backup location and folder are specified</li> |
| 1079 | -</ol> |
| 1080 | -<li title="action"> Click 'Overview' tab and click 'Back Up Now' button</li> |
| 1081 | -<ol> |
| 1082 | -<li title="expected_result">A 'Back Up' window launches and starts scanning and backing up your folder</li> |
| 1083 | -</ol> |
| 1084 | -<li title="action"> If 'Back Up' window requests a password, select 'Allow restoring without a password' radiobutton and click 'Continue'</li> |
| 1085 | -<ol> |
| 1086 | -<li title="expected_result">Back up process is resumed</li> |
| 1087 | -</ol> |
| 1088 | -<li title="action"> Wait for the backup to end, then delete your test folder from your home directory</li> |
| 1089 | -<ol> |
| 1090 | -<li title="expected_result">test folder is deleted</li> |
| 1091 | -</ol> |
| 1092 | -<li title="action"> Focus the backup tool window again and click 'Restore'</li> |
| 1093 | -<ol> |
| 1094 | -<li title="expected_result">Restore window pops up, 'Restore from Where?' step is opened</li> |
| 1095 | -</ol> |
| 1096 | -<li title="action"> Select the folder to restore from and click 'Forward'.</li> |
| 1097 | -<ol> |
| 1098 | -<li title="expected_result">'Checking For Backups' step appears. After the progress is complete 'Restore from When?' step appears</li> |
| 1099 | -</ol> |
| 1100 | -<li title="action"> Select today's date and click 'Forward'.</li> |
| 1101 | -<ol> |
| 1102 | -<li title="expected_result">'Restore to Where?' step is opened</li> |
| 1103 | -</ol> |
| 1104 | -<li title="action"> Set the radio button to 'Restore files to original locations' and click 'Forward'.</li> |
| 1105 | -<ol> |
| 1106 | -<li title="expected_result">'Summary' step is opened</li> |
| 1107 | -</ol> |
| 1108 | -<li title="action"> Check that correct settings are displayed and click 'Restore'</li> |
| 1109 | -<ol> |
| 1110 | -<li title="expected_result">'Restoring' step with a progress bar is opened. After the process is complete, 'Restore Finished' step is opened</li> |
| 1111 | -</ol> |
| 1112 | -<li title="action"> Click 'Close' button on 'Restore is Finished' step.</li> |
| 1113 | -<ol> |
| 1114 | -<li title="expected_result">Wizard window closes</li> |
| 1115 | -</ol> |
| 1116 | -<li title="action"> Open Nautilus and check that test folder and files are created correctly</li> |
| 1117 | -<ol> |
| 1118 | -<li title="expected_result">Was your test folder and the test file contained within it restored correctly to your home folder?</li> |
| 1119 | -</ol> |
| 1120 | -</ol> |
| 1121 | -<strong> |
| 1122 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 1123 | +<dl> |
| 1124 | + This test will check that Dejadup can backup and restore files |
| 1125 | + <dt> Create a test folder in your home directory with one test text file.</dt> |
| 1126 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch backup by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘backup’</dt> |
| 1127 | + <dd>Backup should launch</dd> |
| 1128 | + <dt> Click 'Just show my backup settings'</dt> |
| 1129 | + <dd>Tabs list in the sidebar appears, Overview tab is selected by default</dd> |
| 1130 | + <dt> Click 'Folders' tab. Remove all folders from 'Folders to backup' list, then add your test folder containing the test document file</dt> |
| 1131 | + <dd>'Folders to backup' list contains your test folder</dd> |
| 1132 | + <dt> Click 'Storage' tab and select a valid backup location</dt> |
| 1133 | + <dd>Backup location and folder are specified</dd> |
| 1134 | + <dt> Click 'Overview' tab and click 'Back Up Now' button</dt> |
| 1135 | + <dd>A 'Back Up' window launches and starts scanning and backing up your folder</dd> |
| 1136 | + <dt> If 'Back Up' window requests a password, select 'Allow restoring without a password' radiobutton and click 'Continue'</dt> |
| 1137 | + <dd>Back up process is resumed</dd> |
| 1138 | + <dt> Wait for the backup to end, then delete your test folder from your home directory</dt> |
| 1139 | + <dd>test folder is deleted</dd> |
| 1140 | + <dt> Focus the backup tool window again and click 'Restore'</dt> |
| 1141 | + <dd>Restore window pops up, 'Restore from Where?' step is opened</dd> |
| 1142 | + <dt> Select the folder to restore from and click 'Forward'.</dt> |
| 1143 | + <dd>'Checking For Backups' step appears. After the progress is complete 'Restore from When?' step appears</dd> |
| 1144 | + <dt> Select today's date and click 'Forward'.</dt> |
| 1145 | + <dd>'Restore to Where?' step is opened</dd> |
| 1146 | + <dt> Set the radio button to 'Restore files to original locations' and click 'Forward'.</dt> |
| 1147 | + <dd>'Summary' step is opened</dd> |
| 1148 | + <dt> Check that correct settings are displayed and click 'Restore'</dt> |
| 1149 | + <dd>'Restoring' step with a progress bar is opened. After the process is complete, 'Restore Finished' step is opened</dd> |
| 1150 | + <dt> Click 'Close' button on 'Restore is Finished' step.</dt> |
| 1151 | + <dd>Wizard window closes</dd> |
| 1152 | + <dt> Open Nautilus and check that test folder and files are created correctly</dt> |
| 1153 | + <dd>Was your test folder and the test file contained within it restored correctly to your home folder?</dd> |
| 1154 | +</dl> |
| 1155 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 1156 | If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 1157 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 1158 | |
| 1159 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1415_Empathy Tests' |
| 1160 | --- testcases/packages/1415_Empathy Tests 2013-02-11 23:46:26 +0000 |
| 1161 | +++ testcases/packages/1415_Empathy Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 1162 | @@ -1,141 +1,80 @@ |
| 1163 | Test-case name: empathy/emp-001 |
| 1164 | -This test will check that Empathy can be started |
| 1165 | -<ol> |
| 1166 | -<li title="action"> Look for Empathy and launch it</li> |
| 1167 | -<ol> |
| 1168 | -<li title="expected_result">Is Empathy launched?</li> |
| 1169 | -</ol> |
| 1170 | -</ol> |
| 1171 | -Test-case name: empathy/emp-002 |
| 1172 | -<ol> |
| 1173 | -<li title="expected_result">depends: empathy/emp-001</li> |
| 1174 | -</ol> |
| 1175 | -This test will check that Empathy can send messages via Google Talk |
| 1176 | -<ol> |
| 1177 | -<li title="action"> Look for Empathy and launch it</li> |
| 1178 | -<ol> |
| 1179 | -<li title="expected_result">Empathy should launch</li> |
| 1180 | -<li title="expected_result">A new 'Online Accounts' window should be displayed</li> |
| 1181 | -</ol> |
| 1182 | -<li title="action"> Select 'Google' in right-hand pane from the 'Online Accounts' window</li> |
| 1183 | -<ol> |
| 1184 | -<li title="expected_result">New step with Google sign-in box appears</li> |
| 1185 | -</ol> |
| 1186 | -<li title="action"> Fill in your Google credentials, click 'Sign in'</li> |
| 1187 | -<ol> |
| 1188 | -<li title="expected_result"> Google authorization page appears: "Ubuntu desktop is requesting permission ..."</li> |
| 1189 | -</ol> |
| 1190 | -<li title="action"> Click 'Grant access'</li> |
| 1191 | -<ol> |
| 1192 | -<li title="expected_result">The 'Online Accounts' window show the new Google account</li> |
| 1193 | -</ol> |
| 1194 | -<li title="action"> Check contact list</li> |
| 1195 | -<ol> |
| 1196 | -<li title="expected_result">Contact list displays your online Google contacts</li> |
| 1197 | -</ol> |
| 1198 | -<li title="action"> Check that you can send and receive messages</li> |
| 1199 | -<ol> |
| 1200 | -<li title="expected_result">Are messages being delivered and displayed correctly?</li> |
| 1201 | -</ol> |
| 1202 | -</ol> |
| 1203 | -Test-case name: empathy/emp-003 |
| 1204 | -<ol> |
| 1205 | -<li title="expected_result">depends: empathy/emp-001</li> |
| 1206 | -<li title="expected_result">depends: empathy/emp-002</li> |
| 1207 | -</ol> |
| 1208 | -This test will check that Empathy can send messages via IRC |
| 1209 | -<ol> |
| 1210 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have 'universe' and 'multiverse' repositories enabled (off by default in live session)</li> |
| 1211 | -<li title="action"> Look for Terminal and launch it</li> |
| 1212 | -<ol> |
| 1213 | -<li title="expected_result">Terminal is opened</li> |
| 1214 | -</ol> |
| 1215 | -<li title="action"> Type 'sudo apt-get install account-plugin-irc'</li> |
| 1216 | -<li title="action"> Authenticate when Terminal ask for</li> |
| 1217 | -<ol> |
| 1218 | -<li title="expected_result">'account-plugin-irc' should be installed</li> |
| 1219 | -</ol> |
| 1220 | -<li title="action"> Look for Empathy and launch it</li> |
| 1221 | -<ol> |
| 1222 | -<li title="expected_result">Empathy should launch</li> |
| 1223 | -</ol> |
| 1224 | -<li title="action"> Select 'Accounts' from the Empathy menu</li> |
| 1225 | -<ol> |
| 1226 | -<li title="expected_result">A new 'Online Accounts' window should be displayed</li> |
| 1227 | -</ol> |
| 1228 | -<li title="action"> Press 'Add account...'</li> |
| 1229 | -<ol> |
| 1230 | -<li title="expected_result">The 'Online Accounts' window display a list of services in the right-hand pane</li> |
| 1231 | -</ol> |
| 1232 | -<li title="action"> Scroll down the 'Online Accounts' window and select 'IRC'</li> |
| 1233 | -<ol> |
| 1234 | -<li title="expected_result">The 'Online Accounts' window request IRC credentials</li> |
| 1235 | -</ol> |
| 1236 | -<li title="action"> Fill in nickname, click 'Done'</li> |
| 1237 | -<ol> |
| 1238 | -<li title="expected_result">The 'Online Accounts' window show the new IRC account</li> |
| 1239 | -</ol> |
| 1240 | -<li title="action"> Click 'Close'</li> |
| 1241 | -<ol> |
| 1242 | -<li title="expected_result">The 'Online Accounts' window closes</li> |
| 1243 | -</ol> |
| 1244 | -<li title="action"> Select 'Rooms' - 'Join' from the Empathy menu</li> |
| 1245 | -<ol> |
| 1246 | -<li title="expected_result">'Join Room' window appears</li> |
| 1247 | -</ol> |
| 1248 | -<li title="action"> Input '#ubuntu' in 'Room' textbox, click Join</li> |
| 1249 | -<ol> |
| 1250 | -<li title="expected_result">'#ubuntu' channel is open</li> |
| 1251 | -</ol> |
| 1252 | -<li title="action"> Check that you can send and receive messages</li> |
| 1253 | -<ol> |
| 1254 | -<li title="expected_result">Are messages are being delivered and displayed correctly?</li> |
| 1255 | -</ol> |
| 1256 | -</ol> |
| 1257 | -Test-case name: empathy/emp-004 |
| 1258 | -<ol> |
| 1259 | -<li title="expected_result">depends: empathy/emp-001</li> |
| 1260 | -<li title="expected_result">depends: empathy/emp-002</li> |
| 1261 | -</ol> |
| 1262 | -This test will check that Empathy can send messages via Facebook |
| 1263 | -<ol> |
| 1264 | -<li title="action"> Look for Empathy and launch it</li> |
| 1265 | -<ol> |
| 1266 | -<li title="expected_result">Empathy should launch</li> |
| 1267 | -</ol> |
| 1268 | -<li title="action"> Select 'Accounts' from the Empathy menu</li> |
| 1269 | -<ol> |
| 1270 | -<li title="expected_result">A new 'Online Accounts' window should be displayed</li> |
| 1271 | -</ol> |
| 1272 | -<li title="action"> Press 'Add account...'</li> |
| 1273 | -<ol> |
| 1274 | -<li title="expected_result">The 'Online Accounts' window display a list of services in the right-hand pane</li> |
| 1275 | -</ol> |
| 1276 | -<li title="action"> Select 'Facebook'</li> |
| 1277 | -<ol> |
| 1278 | -<li title="expected_result">New step with Facebook sign-in box appears</li> |
| 1279 | -</ol> |
| 1280 | -<li title="action"> Fill in your Facebook credentials, click 'Log In'</li> |
| 1281 | -<ol> |
| 1282 | -<li title="expected_result"> Facebook authorization page appears: 'Allow login with Facebook'</li> |
| 1283 | -</ol> |
| 1284 | -<li title="action"> Click 'Allow login with Faceboook'</li> |
| 1285 | -<ol> |
| 1286 | -<li title="expected_result"> Facebook ask for additional permissions</li> |
| 1287 | -</ol> |
| 1288 | -<li title="action"> Select 'Allow'</li> |
| 1289 | -<ol> |
| 1290 | -<li title="expected_result">The 'Online Accounts' window show the new Facebook account</li> |
| 1291 | -</ol> |
| 1292 | -<li title="action"> Check contact list</li> |
| 1293 | -<ol> |
| 1294 | -<li title="expected_result">Contact list displays your online Facebook contacts</li> |
| 1295 | -</ol> |
| 1296 | -<li title="action"> Check that you can send and receive messages</li> |
| 1297 | -<ol> |
| 1298 | -<li title="expected_result">Are messages being delivered and displayed correctly?</li> |
| 1299 | -</ol> |
| 1300 | -</ol> |
| 1301 | -<strong> |
| 1302 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 1303 | -If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 1304 | +<dl> |
| 1305 | + This test will check that Empathy can be started |
| 1306 | + <dt> Look for Empathy and launch it</dt> |
| 1307 | + <dd>Is Empathy launched?</dd> |
| 1308 | +</dl> |
| 1309 | +Test-case name: empathy/emp-002 |
| 1310 | +<dl> |
| 1311 | + depends: empathy/emp-001 |
| 1312 | + This test will check that Empathy can send messages via Google Talk |
| 1313 | + <dt> Look for Empathy and launch it</dt> |
| 1314 | + <dd>Empathy should launch</dd> |
| 1315 | + <dd>A new 'Online Accounts' window should be displayed</dd> |
| 1316 | + <dt> Select 'Google' in right-hand pane from the 'Online Accounts' window</dt> |
| 1317 | + <dd>New step with Google sign-in box appears</dd> |
| 1318 | + <dt> Fill in your Google credentials, click 'Sign in'</dt> |
| 1319 | + <dd> Google authorization page appears: "Ubuntu desktop is requesting permission ..."</dd> |
| 1320 | + <dt> Click 'Grant access'</dt> |
| 1321 | + <dd>The 'Online Accounts' window show the new Google account</dd> |
| 1322 | + <dt> Check contact list</dt> |
| 1323 | + <dd>Contact list displays your online Google contacts</dd> |
| 1324 | + <dt> Check that you can send and receive messages</dt> |
| 1325 | + <dd>Are messages being delivered and displayed correctly?</dd> |
| 1326 | +</dl> |
| 1327 | +Test-case name: empathy/emp-003 |
| 1328 | +<dl> |
| 1329 | + depends: empathy/emp-001 |
| 1330 | + depends: empathy/emp-002 |
| 1331 | + This test will check that Empathy can send messages via IRC |
| 1332 | + <dt> Please ensure you have 'universe' and 'multiverse' repositories enabled (off by default in live session)</dt> |
| 1333 | + <dt> Look for Terminal and launch it</dt> |
| 1334 | + <dd>Terminal is opened</dd> |
| 1335 | + <dt> Type 'sudo apt-get install account-plugin-irc'</dt> |
| 1336 | + <dt> Authenticate when Terminal ask for</dt> |
| 1337 | + <dd>'account-plugin-irc' should be installed</dd> |
| 1338 | + <dt> Look for Empathy and launch it</dt> |
| 1339 | + <dd>Empathy should launch</dd> |
| 1340 | + <dt> Select 'Accounts' from the Empathy menu</dt> |
| 1341 | + <dd>A new 'Online Accounts' window should be displayed</dd> |
| 1342 | + <dt> Press 'Add account...'</dt> |
| 1343 | + <dd>The 'Online Accounts' window display a list of services in the right-hand pane</dd> |
| 1344 | + <dt> Scroll down the 'Online Accounts' window and select 'IRC'</dt> |
| 1345 | + <dd>The 'Online Accounts' window request IRC credentials</dd> |
| 1346 | + <dt> Fill in nickname, click 'Done'</dt> |
| 1347 | + <dd>The 'Online Accounts' window show the new IRC account</dd> |
| 1348 | + <dt> Click 'Close'</dt> |
| 1349 | + <dd>The 'Online Accounts' window closes</dd> |
| 1350 | + <dt> Select 'Rooms' - 'Join' from the Empathy menu</dt> |
| 1351 | + <dd>'Join Room' window appears</dd> |
| 1352 | + <dt> Input '#ubuntu' in 'Room' textbox, click Join</dt> |
| 1353 | + <dd>'#ubuntu' channel is open</dd> |
| 1354 | + <dt> Check that you can send and receive messages</dt> |
| 1355 | + <dd>Are messages are being delivered and displayed correctly?</dd> |
| 1356 | +</dl> |
| 1357 | +Test-case name: empathy/emp-004 |
| 1358 | +<dl> |
| 1359 | + depends: empathy/emp-001 |
| 1360 | + depends: empathy/emp-002 |
| 1361 | + This test will check that Empathy can send messages via Facebook |
| 1362 | + <dt> Look for Empathy and launch it</dt> |
| 1363 | + <dd>Empathy should launch</dd> |
| 1364 | + <dt> Select 'Accounts' from the Empathy menu</dt> |
| 1365 | + <dd>A new 'Online Accounts' window should be displayed</dd> |
| 1366 | + <dt> Press 'Add account...'</dt> |
| 1367 | + <dd>The 'Online Accounts' window display a list of services in the right-hand pane</dd> |
| 1368 | + <dt> Select 'Facebook'</dt> |
| 1369 | + <dd>New step with Facebook sign-in box appears</dd> |
| 1370 | + <dt> Fill in your Facebook credentials, click 'Log In'</dt> |
| 1371 | + <dd> Facebook authorization page appears: 'Allow login with Facebook'</dd> |
| 1372 | + <dt> Click 'Allow login with Faceboook'</dt> |
| 1373 | + <dd> Facebook ask for additional permissions</dd> |
| 1374 | + <dt> Select 'Allow'</dt> |
| 1375 | + <dd>The 'Online Accounts' window show the new Facebook account</dd> |
| 1376 | + <dt> Check contact list</dt> |
| 1377 | + <dd>Contact list displays your online Facebook contacts</dd> |
| 1378 | + <dt> Check that you can send and receive messages</dt> |
| 1379 | + <dd>Are messages being delivered and displayed correctly?</dd> |
| 1380 | +</dl> |
| 1381 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 1382 | +If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 1383 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1416_Eye of Gnome Tests' |
| 1386 | --- testcases/packages/1416_Eye of Gnome Tests 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 1387 | +++ testcases/packages/1416_Eye of Gnome Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 1388 | @@ -1,114 +1,71 @@ |
| 1389 | Test-case name: eog/eog-001 |
| 1390 | -This test will check that Eye Of Gnome can display images correctly |
| 1391 | -<ol> |
| 1392 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch Image Viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘Image Viewer’</li> |
| 1393 | -<ol> |
| 1394 | -<li title="expected_result">Image Viewer should launch</li> |
| 1395 | -</ol> |
| 1396 | -<li title="action"> Open an image file by selecting file, open and then choosing an image file</li> |
| 1397 | -<ol> |
| 1398 | -<li title="expected_result">Is the image being displayed correctly?</li> |
| 1399 | -</ol> |
| 1400 | -</ol> |
| 1401 | -Test-case name: eog/eog-002 |
| 1402 | -This test will check that Eye Of Gnome can move images to Trash |
| 1403 | -<ol> |
| 1404 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch Image Viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘Image Viewer’</li> |
| 1405 | -<ol> |
| 1406 | -<li title="expected_result">Image Viewer should launch</li> |
| 1407 | -</ol> |
| 1408 | -<li title="action"> Open an image file by selecting file, open and then choosing an image file</li> |
| 1409 | -<li title="action"> Select edit, move to trash</li> |
| 1410 | -<ol> |
| 1411 | -<li title="expected_result">Has the image been moved to Trash and the next image in the directory is shown?</li> |
| 1412 | -</ol> |
| 1413 | -</ol> |
| 1414 | -Test-case name: eog/eog-003 |
| 1415 | -This test will check that Eye Of Gnome can show previous and next images |
| 1416 | -<ol> |
| 1417 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch Image Viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘Image Viewer’</li> |
| 1418 | -<ol> |
| 1419 | -<li title="expected_result">Image Viewer should launch</li> |
| 1420 | -</ol> |
| 1421 | -<li title="action"> Open an image file by selecting file, open and then choosing an image file</li> |
| 1422 | -<li title="action"> Press the Previous button</li> |
| 1423 | -<li title="action"> Press the Next button</li> |
| 1424 | -<ol> |
| 1425 | -<li title="expected_result">Is the image viewer displaying the previous and next images correctly?</li> |
| 1426 | -</ol> |
| 1427 | -</ol> |
| 1428 | -Test-case name: eog/eog-004 |
| 1429 | -<ol> |
| 1430 | -<li title="expected_result">depends:</li> |
| 1431 | -</ol> |
| 1432 | -<ol> |
| 1433 | -<li title="expected_result">eog/eog-002</li> |
| 1434 | -</ol> |
| 1435 | -<ol> |
| 1436 | -<li title="expected_result">eog/eog-003</li> |
| 1437 | -</ol> |
| 1438 | -This test will check that Eye Of Gnome can show previous image after restoring from Trash |
| 1439 | -<ol> |
| 1440 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch Image Viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘Image Viewer’</li> |
| 1441 | -<ol> |
| 1442 | -<li title="expected_result">Image Viewer should launch</li> |
| 1443 | -</ol> |
| 1444 | -<li title="action"> Open an image file by selecting file, open and then choosing an image file</li> |
| 1445 | -<li title="action"> Select edit, move to trash</li> |
| 1446 | -<li title="action"> Click the trash can on the launcher</li> |
| 1447 | -<ol> |
| 1448 | -<li title="expected_result">trash folder is launched</li> |
| 1449 | -</ol> |
| 1450 | -<li title="action"> Highlight the deleted image file from earlier and select restore. Resume focus on the image viewer application and click the previous button</li> |
| 1451 | -<ol> |
| 1452 | -<li title="expected_result">Is the restored image once again displayed?</li> |
| 1453 | -</ol> |
| 1454 | -</ol> |
| 1455 | -Test-case name: eog/eog-005 |
| 1456 | -This test will check that Eye Of Gnome can flip images horizontally and vertically |
| 1457 | -<ol> |
| 1458 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch Image Viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘Image Viewer’</li> |
| 1459 | -<ol> |
| 1460 | -<li title="expected_result">Image Viewer should launch</li> |
| 1461 | -</ol> |
| 1462 | -<li title="action"> Open an image file by selecting file, open and then choosing an image file</li> |
| 1463 | -<li title="action"> Select edit, flip horizontial</li> |
| 1464 | -<ol> |
| 1465 | -<li title="expected_result">The image is flipped horizontially</li> |
| 1466 | -</ol> |
| 1467 | -<li title="action"> Select edit, flip vertically</li> |
| 1468 | -<ol> |
| 1469 | -<li title="expected_result">The image is flipped vertically</li> |
| 1470 | -</ol> |
| 1471 | -<li title="action"> Select edit, flip vertically</li> |
| 1472 | -<ol> |
| 1473 | -<li title="expected_result">The image is flipped vertically</li> |
| 1474 | -</ol> |
| 1475 | -<li title="action"> Select edit, flip horizontial</li> |
| 1476 | -<ol> |
| 1477 | -<li title="expected_result">The image is flipped horizontially</li> |
| 1478 | -</ol> |
| 1479 | -<ol> |
| 1480 | -<li title="expected_result">Is the image that was being flipped correctly and now restored to its original state?</li> |
| 1481 | -</ol> |
| 1482 | -</ol> |
| 1483 | -Test-case name: eog/eog-006 |
| 1484 | -This test will check that Eye Of Gnome can flip horizontally and vertically |
| 1485 | -<ol> |
| 1486 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch Image Viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘Image Viewer’</li> |
| 1487 | -<ol> |
| 1488 | -<li title="expected_result">Image Viewer should launch</li> |
| 1489 | -</ol> |
| 1490 | -<li title="action"> Open an image file by selecting file, open and then choosing an image file</li> |
| 1491 | -<li title="action"> Select edit, toolbar</li> |
| 1492 | -<ol> |
| 1493 | -<li title="expected_result">The toolbar editor appears</li> |
| 1494 | -</ol> |
| 1495 | -<li title="action"> Drag and drop the gallery icon onto the image viewer toolbar</li> |
| 1496 | -<ol> |
| 1497 | -<li title="expected_result">Is the gallery icon now present on the toolbar?</li> |
| 1498 | -</ol> |
| 1499 | -</ol> |
| 1500 | -<strong> |
| 1501 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 1502 | +<dl> |
| 1503 | + This test will check that Eye Of Gnome can display images correctly |
| 1504 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch Image Viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘Image Viewer’</dt> |
| 1505 | + <dd>Image Viewer should launch</dd> |
| 1506 | + <dt> Open an image file by selecting file, open and then choosing an image file</dt> |
| 1507 | + <dd>Is the image being displayed correctly?</dd> |
| 1508 | +</dl> |
| 1509 | +Test-case name: eog/eog-002 |
| 1510 | +<dl> |
| 1511 | + This test will check that Eye Of Gnome can move images to Trash |
| 1512 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch Image Viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘Image Viewer’</dt> |
| 1513 | + <dd>Image Viewer should launch</dd> |
| 1514 | + <dt> Open an image file by selecting file, open and then choosing an image file</dt> |
| 1515 | + <dt> Select edit, move to trash</dt> |
| 1516 | + <dd>Has the image been moved to Trash and the next image in the directory is shown?</dd> |
| 1517 | +</dl> |
| 1518 | +Test-case name: eog/eog-003 |
| 1519 | +<dl> |
| 1520 | + This test will check that Eye Of Gnome can show previous and next images |
| 1521 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch Image Viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘Image Viewer’</dt> |
| 1522 | + <dd>Image Viewer should launch</dd> |
| 1523 | + <dt> Open an image file by selecting file, open and then choosing an image file</dt> |
| 1524 | + <dt> Press the Previous button</dt> |
| 1525 | + <dt> Press the Next button</dt> |
| 1526 | + <dd>Is the image viewer displaying the previous and next images correctly?</dd> |
| 1527 | +</dl> |
| 1528 | +Test-case name: eog/eog-004 |
| 1529 | +<dl> |
| 1530 | + depends: |
| 1531 | + <dd>eog/eog-002</dd> |
| 1532 | + <dd>eog/eog-003</dd> |
| 1533 | + This test will check that Eye Of Gnome can show previous image after restoring from Trash |
| 1534 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch Image Viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘Image Viewer’</dt> |
| 1535 | + <dd>Image Viewer should launch</dd> |
| 1536 | + <dt> Open an image file by selecting file, open and then choosing an image file</dt> |
| 1537 | + <dt> Select edit, move to trash</dt> |
| 1538 | + <dt> Click the trash can on the launcher</dt> |
| 1539 | + <dd>trash folder is launched</dd> |
| 1540 | + <dt> Highlight the deleted image file from earlier and select restore. Resume focus on the image viewer application and click the previous button</dt> |
| 1541 | + <dd>Is the restored image once again displayed?</dd> |
| 1542 | +</dl> |
| 1543 | +Test-case name: eog/eog-005 |
| 1544 | +<dl> |
| 1545 | + This test will check that Eye Of Gnome can flip images horizontally and vertically |
| 1546 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch Image Viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘Image Viewer’</dt> |
| 1547 | + <dd>Image Viewer should launch</dd> |
| 1548 | + <dt> Open an image file by selecting file, open and then choosing an image file</dt> |
| 1549 | + <dt> Select edit, flip horizontial</dt> |
| 1550 | + <dd>The image is flipped horizontially</dd> |
| 1551 | + <dt> Select edit, flip vertically</dt> |
| 1552 | + <dd>The image is flipped vertically</dd> |
| 1553 | + <dt> Select edit, flip vertically</dt> |
| 1554 | + <dd>The image is flipped vertically</dd> |
| 1555 | + <dt> Select edit, flip horizontial</dt> |
| 1556 | + <dd>The image is flipped horizontially</dd> |
| 1557 | + <dd>Is the image that was being flipped correctly and now restored to its original state?</dd> |
| 1558 | +</dl> |
| 1559 | +Test-case name: eog/eog-006 |
| 1560 | +<dl> |
| 1561 | + This test will check that Eye Of Gnome can flip horizontally and vertically |
| 1562 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch Image Viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘Image Viewer’</dt> |
| 1563 | + <dd>Image Viewer should launch</dd> |
| 1564 | + <dt> Open an image file by selecting file, open and then choosing an image file</dt> |
| 1565 | + <dt> Select edit, toolbar</dt> |
| 1566 | + <dd>The toolbar editor appears</dd> |
| 1567 | + <dt> Drag and drop the gallery icon onto the image viewer toolbar</dt> |
| 1568 | + <dd>Is the gallery icon now present on the toolbar?</dd> |
| 1569 | +</dl> |
| 1570 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 1571 | If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 1572 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 1573 | |
| 1574 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1417_Evince Tests' |
| 1575 | --- testcases/packages/1417_Evince Tests 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 1576 | +++ testcases/packages/1417_Evince Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 1577 | @@ -1,91 +1,62 @@ |
| 1578 | Test-case name: evince/evn-001 |
| 1579 | -This test will check that Evince can display PDFs correctly |
| 1580 | -<ol> |
| 1581 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch document viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘document viewer’</li> |
| 1582 | -<ol> |
| 1583 | -<li title="expected_result">document viewer should launch</li> |
| 1584 | -</ol> |
| 1585 | -<li title="action"> Open a pdf by selecting file, open and choosing a pdf file</li> |
| 1586 | -<ol> |
| 1587 | -<li title="expected_result">Is the selected PDF displayed correctly?</li> |
| 1588 | -</ol> |
| 1589 | -</ol> |
| 1590 | -Test-case name: evince/evn-002 |
| 1591 | -This test will check that Evince can enter fullscreen mode via F11 |
| 1592 | -<ol> |
| 1593 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch document viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘document viewer’</li> |
| 1594 | -<ol> |
| 1595 | -<li title="expected_result">document viewer should launch</li> |
| 1596 | -</ol> |
| 1597 | -<li title="action"> Open a pdf by selecting file, open and choosing a pdf file</li> |
| 1598 | -<li title="action"> Make sure that Evince is not in fullscreen mode</li> |
| 1599 | -<li title="action"> Press F11</li> |
| 1600 | -<ol> |
| 1601 | -<li title="expected_result">Does Evince enter fullscreen mode?</li> |
| 1602 | -</ol> |
| 1603 | -</ol> |
| 1604 | -Test-case name: evince/evn-003 |
| 1605 | -This test will check that Evince can enter exit fullscreen mode via F11 |
| 1606 | -<ol> |
| 1607 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch document viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘document viewer’</li> |
| 1608 | -<ol> |
| 1609 | -<li title="expected_result">document viewer should launch</li> |
| 1610 | -</ol> |
| 1611 | -<li title="action"> Open a pdf by selecting file, open and choosing a pdf file</li> |
| 1612 | -<li title="action"> Make sure that Evince is in fullscreen mode</li> |
| 1613 | -<li title="action"> Press F11</li> |
| 1614 | -<ol> |
| 1615 | -<li title="expected_result">Does Evince exit fullscreen mode and restore the window size and position correctly?</li> |
| 1616 | -</ol> |
| 1617 | -</ol> |
| 1618 | -Test-case name: evince/evn-004 |
| 1619 | -This test will check that Evince can hide sidebar |
| 1620 | -<ol> |
| 1621 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch document viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘document viewer’</li> |
| 1622 | -<ol> |
| 1623 | -<li title="expected_result">document viewer should launch</li> |
| 1624 | -</ol> |
| 1625 | -<li title="action"> Open a pdf by selecting file, open and choosing a pdf file</li> |
| 1626 | -<li title="action"> Make sure sidebar is displayed</li> |
| 1627 | -<li title="action"> Press F9</li> |
| 1628 | -<ol> |
| 1629 | -<li title="expected_result">Did Evince hide the sidebar?</li> |
| 1630 | -</ol> |
| 1631 | -</ol> |
| 1632 | -Test-case name: evince/evn-005 |
| 1633 | -This test will check that Evince can display sidebar |
| 1634 | -<ol> |
| 1635 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch document viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘document viewer’</li> |
| 1636 | -<ol> |
| 1637 | -<li title="expected_result">document viewer should launch</li> |
| 1638 | -</ol> |
| 1639 | -<li title="action"> Open a pdf by selecting file, open and choosing a pdf file</li> |
| 1640 | -<li title="action"> Make sure sidebar is hiddes</li> |
| 1641 | -<li title="action"> Press F9</li> |
| 1642 | -<ol> |
| 1643 | -<li title="expected_result">Does Evince display a sidebar with page thumbnails or the document index?</li> |
| 1644 | -</ol> |
| 1645 | -</ol> |
| 1646 | -Test-case name: evince/evn-005 |
| 1647 | -This test will check that Evince can rotate a document |
| 1648 | -<ol> |
| 1649 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch document viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘document viewer’</li> |
| 1650 | -<ol> |
| 1651 | -<li title="expected_result">document viewer should launch</li> |
| 1652 | -</ol> |
| 1653 | -<li title="action"> Open a pdf by selecting file, open and choosing a pdf file</li> |
| 1654 | -<li title="action"> Press ctrl+left</li> |
| 1655 | -<ol> |
| 1656 | -<li title="expected_result">The pdf is rotated left</li> |
| 1657 | -</ol> |
| 1658 | -<li title="action"> Press ctrl+right</li> |
| 1659 | -<ol> |
| 1660 | -<li title="expected_result">The pdf is rotated right</li> |
| 1661 | -</ol> |
| 1662 | -<ol> |
| 1663 | -<li title="expected_result">Does Evince display the rotated document correctly?</li> |
| 1664 | -</ol> |
| 1665 | -</ol> |
| 1666 | -<strong> |
| 1667 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 1668 | +<dl> |
| 1669 | + This test will check that Evince can display PDFs correctly |
| 1670 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch document viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘document viewer’</dt> |
| 1671 | + <dd>document viewer should launch</dd> |
| 1672 | + <dt> Open a pdf by selecting file, open and choosing a pdf file</dt> |
| 1673 | + <dd>Is the selected PDF displayed correctly?</dd> |
| 1674 | +</dl> |
| 1675 | +Test-case name: evince/evn-002 |
| 1676 | +<dl> |
| 1677 | + This test will check that Evince can enter fullscreen mode via F11 |
| 1678 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch document viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘document viewer’</dt> |
| 1679 | + <dd>document viewer should launch</dd> |
| 1680 | + <dt> Open a pdf by selecting file, open and choosing a pdf file</dt> |
| 1681 | + <dt> Make sure that Evince is not in fullscreen mode</dt> |
| 1682 | + <dt> Press F11</dt> |
| 1683 | + <dd>Does Evince enter fullscreen mode?</dd> |
| 1684 | +</dl> |
| 1685 | +Test-case name: evince/evn-003 |
| 1686 | +<dl> |
| 1687 | + This test will check that Evince can enter exit fullscreen mode via F11 |
| 1688 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch document viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘document viewer’</dt> |
| 1689 | + <dd>document viewer should launch</dd> |
| 1690 | + <dt> Open a pdf by selecting file, open and choosing a pdf file</dt> |
| 1691 | + <dt> Make sure that Evince is in fullscreen mode</dt> |
| 1692 | + <dt> Press F11</dt> |
| 1693 | + <dd>Does Evince exit fullscreen mode and restore the window size and position correctly?</dd> |
| 1694 | +</dl> |
| 1695 | +Test-case name: evince/evn-004 |
| 1696 | +<dl> |
| 1697 | + This test will check that Evince can hide sidebar |
| 1698 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch document viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘document viewer’</dt> |
| 1699 | + <dd>document viewer should launch</dd> |
| 1700 | + <dt> Open a pdf by selecting file, open and choosing a pdf file</dt> |
| 1701 | + <dt> Make sure sidebar is displayed</dt> |
| 1702 | + <dt> Press F9</dt> |
| 1703 | + <dd>Did Evince hide the sidebar?</dd> |
| 1704 | +</dl> |
| 1705 | +Test-case name: evince/evn-005 |
| 1706 | +<dl> |
| 1707 | + This test will check that Evince can display sidebar |
| 1708 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch document viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘document viewer’</dt> |
| 1709 | + <dd>document viewer should launch</dd> |
| 1710 | + <dt> Open a pdf by selecting file, open and choosing a pdf file</dt> |
| 1711 | + <dt> Make sure sidebar is hiddes</dt> |
| 1712 | + <dt> Press F9</dt> |
| 1713 | + <dd>Does Evince display a sidebar with page thumbnails or the document index?</dd> |
| 1714 | +</dl> |
| 1715 | +Test-case name: evince/evn-005 |
| 1716 | +<dl> |
| 1717 | + This test will check that Evince can rotate a document |
| 1718 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch document viewer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘document viewer’</dt> |
| 1719 | + <dd>document viewer should launch</dd> |
| 1720 | + <dt> Open a pdf by selecting file, open and choosing a pdf file</dt> |
| 1721 | + <dt> Press ctrl+left</dt> |
| 1722 | + <dd>The pdf is rotated left</dd> |
| 1723 | + <dt> Press ctrl+right</dt> |
| 1724 | + <dd>The pdf is rotated right</dd> |
| 1725 | + <dd>Does Evince display the rotated document correctly?</dd> |
| 1726 | +</dl> |
| 1727 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 1728 | If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 1729 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 1730 | |
| 1731 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1418_Fileroller Tests' |
| 1732 | --- testcases/packages/1418_Fileroller Tests 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 1733 | +++ testcases/packages/1418_Fileroller Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 1734 | @@ -1,59 +1,32 @@ |
| 1735 | Test-case name: fileroller/flr-001 |
| 1736 | -This test will check that File Roller can archive and extract files |
| 1737 | -<ol> |
| 1738 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch file-roller by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘file-roller’</li> |
| 1739 | -<ol> |
| 1740 | -<li title="expected_result">file-roller should launch</li> |
| 1741 | -</ol> |
| 1742 | -<li title="action"> Click 'New' button from the toolbar</li> |
| 1743 | -<ol> |
| 1744 | -<li title="expected_result">'New' file save dialog appears</li> |
| 1745 | -</ol> |
| 1746 | -<li title="action"> Input any test name for archive, select 'Tar compressed with gzip' from available formats combobox, click 'Create' button</li> |
| 1747 | -<ol> |
| 1748 | -<li title="expected_result">A new empty archive with specified name and format is created</li> |
| 1749 | -</ol> |
| 1750 | -<li title="action"> Click 'Add files to archive' button from toolbar</li> |
| 1751 | -<ol> |
| 1752 | -<li title="expected_result">'Add Files' file open dialog is displayed</li> |
| 1753 | -</ol> |
| 1754 | -<li title="action"> Select any files to be added to the archive, click 'Add' button</li> |
| 1755 | -<ol> |
| 1756 | -<li title="expected_result">Selected files are displayed in the archive contents list</li> |
| 1757 | -</ol> |
| 1758 | -<li title="action"> Click 'Add a folder to archive' button from toolbar</li> |
| 1759 | -<ol> |
| 1760 | -<li title="expected_result">'Add a Folder' file open dialog is displayed</li> |
| 1761 | -</ol> |
| 1762 | -<li title="action"> Select any non-empty folder to be added to the archive, click 'Add' button</li> |
| 1763 | -<ol> |
| 1764 | -<li title="expected_result">Selected folder is displayed in the archive contents list</li> |
| 1765 | -</ol> |
| 1766 | -<li title="action"> Close file-roller, open nautilus and navigate to the folder where the archive has been created</li> |
| 1767 | -<ol> |
| 1768 | -<li title="expected_result">Archive is present in the folder</li> |
| 1769 | -</ol> |
| 1770 | -<li title="action"> Open the archive using file-roller</li> |
| 1771 | -<ol> |
| 1772 | -<li title="expected_result">Archive contents is displayed correctly in file-roller</li> |
| 1773 | -</ol> |
| 1774 | -<li title="action"> Click 'Extract' button from toolbar</li> |
| 1775 | -<ol> |
| 1776 | -<li title="expected_result">'Extract' folder open dialog appears</li> |
| 1777 | -</ol> |
| 1778 | -<li title="action"> Select any folder to extract files to, click 'Extract' button</li> |
| 1779 | -<ol> |
| 1780 | -<li title="expected_result">Dialog closes. 'Extracting files from archive' dialog appears</li> |
| 1781 | -</ol> |
| 1782 | -<li title="action"> Wait until extracting process is complete</li> |
| 1783 | -<ol> |
| 1784 | -<li title="expected_result">'Extraction completed successfully' label appears</li> |
| 1785 | -</ol> |
| 1786 | -<li title="action"> Open Nautilus and navigate to the selected extract folder</li> |
| 1787 | -<ol> |
| 1788 | -<li title="expected_result">Are the files and folders from archive extracted correctly in the selected folder?</li> |
| 1789 | -</ol> |
| 1790 | -</ol> |
| 1791 | -<strong> |
| 1792 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 1793 | +<dl> |
| 1794 | + This test will check that File Roller can archive and extract files |
| 1795 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch file-roller by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘file-roller’</dt> |
| 1796 | + <dd>file-roller should launch</dd> |
| 1797 | + <dt> Click 'New' button from the toolbar</dt> |
| 1798 | + <dd>'New' file save dialog appears</dd> |
| 1799 | + <dt> Input any test name for archive, select 'Tar compressed with gzip' from available formats combobox, click 'Create' button</dt> |
| 1800 | + <dd>A new empty archive with specified name and format is created</dd> |
| 1801 | + <dt> Click 'Add files to archive' button from toolbar</dt> |
| 1802 | + <dd>'Add Files' file open dialog is displayed</dd> |
| 1803 | + <dt> Select any files to be added to the archive, click 'Add' button</dt> |
| 1804 | + <dd>Selected files are displayed in the archive contents list</dd> |
| 1805 | + <dt> Click 'Add a folder to archive' button from toolbar</dt> |
| 1806 | + <dd>'Add a Folder' file open dialog is displayed</dd> |
| 1807 | + <dt> Select any non-empty folder to be added to the archive, click 'Add' button</dt> |
| 1808 | + <dd>Selected folder is displayed in the archive contents list</dd> |
| 1809 | + <dt> Close file-roller, open nautilus and navigate to the folder where the archive has been created</dt> |
| 1810 | + <dd>Archive is present in the folder</dd> |
| 1811 | + <dt> Open the archive using file-roller</dt> |
| 1812 | + <dd>Archive contents is displayed correctly in file-roller</dd> |
| 1813 | + <dt> Click 'Extract' button from toolbar</dt> |
| 1814 | + <dd>'Extract' folder open dialog appears</dd> |
| 1815 | + <dt> Select any folder to extract files to, click 'Extract' button</dt> |
| 1816 | + <dd>Dialog closes. 'Extracting files from archive' dialog appears</dd> |
| 1817 | + <dt> Wait until extracting process is complete</dt> |
| 1818 | + <dd>'Extraction completed successfully' label appears</dd> |
| 1819 | + <dt> Open Nautilus and navigate to the selected extract folder</dt> |
| 1820 | + <dd>Are the files and folders from archive extracted correctly in the selected folder?</dd> |
| 1821 | +</dl> |
| 1822 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 1823 | If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 1824 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1419_Firefox Tests' |
| 1827 | --- testcases/packages/1419_Firefox Tests 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 1828 | +++ testcases/packages/1419_Firefox Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 1829 | @@ -1,47 +1,30 @@ |
| 1830 | Test-case name: firefox/fir-001 |
| 1831 | -This test will check that Firefox can display webpages |
| 1832 | -<ol> |
| 1833 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch Firefox by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘firefox’</li> |
| 1834 | -<ol> |
| 1835 | -<li title="expected_result">Firefox should launch</li> |
| 1836 | -</ol> |
| 1837 | -<li title="action"> In the address bar type http://planet.ubuntu.com. Click on the green arrow</li> |
| 1838 | -<ol> |
| 1839 | -<li title="expected_result">Did the Planet Ubuntu site open?</li> |
| 1840 | -</ol> |
| 1841 | -</ol> |
| 1842 | -Test-case name: firefox/fir-002 |
| 1843 | -This test will check that Firefox can display search suggestions |
| 1844 | -<ol> |
| 1845 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch Firefox by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘firefox’</li> |
| 1846 | -<ol> |
| 1847 | -<li title="expected_result">Firefox should launch</li> |
| 1848 | -</ol> |
| 1849 | -<li title="action"> Click on the Search bar, type in Ubuntu server docs</li> |
| 1850 | -<ol> |
| 1851 | -<li title="expected_result">Relevant suggestions for this query are displayed</li> |
| 1852 | -</ol> |
| 1853 | -<li title="action"> Hit Enter</li> |
| 1854 | -<ol> |
| 1855 | -<li title="expected_result">Did the selected search engine (default - Google) results page for query "Ubuntu server docs" open?</li> |
| 1856 | -</ol> |
| 1857 | -</ol> |
| 1858 | -Test-case name: firefox/fir-003 |
| 1859 | -This test will check that Firefox can use different search engines |
| 1860 | -<ol> |
| 1861 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch Firefox by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘firefox’</li> |
| 1862 | -<ol> |
| 1863 | -<li title="expected_result">Firefox should launch</li> |
| 1864 | -</ol> |
| 1865 | -<li title="action"> Click on the Google icon in the search bar and change it to Wikipedia</li> |
| 1866 | -<ol> |
| 1867 | -<li title="expected_result">Wikipedia search engine selected</li> |
| 1868 | -</ol> |
| 1869 | -<li title="action"> Type in Linux</li> |
| 1870 | -<ol> |
| 1871 | -<li title="expected_result">Did the Wikipedia page for linux open?</li> |
| 1872 | -</ol> |
| 1873 | -</ol> |
| 1874 | -<strong> |
| 1875 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 1876 | +<dl> |
| 1877 | + This test will check that Firefox can display webpages |
| 1878 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch Firefox by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘firefox’</dt> |
| 1879 | + <dd>Firefox should launch</dd> |
| 1880 | + <dt> In the address bar type http://planet.ubuntu.com. Click on the green arrow</dt> |
| 1881 | + <dd>Did the Planet Ubuntu site open?</dd> |
| 1882 | +</dl> |
| 1883 | +Test-case name: firefox/fir-002 |
| 1884 | +<dl> |
| 1885 | + This test will check that Firefox can display search suggestions |
| 1886 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch Firefox by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘firefox’</dt> |
| 1887 | + <dd>Firefox should launch</dd> |
| 1888 | + <dt> Click on the Search bar, type in Ubuntu server docs</dt> |
| 1889 | + <dd>Relevant suggestions for this query are displayed</dd> |
| 1890 | + <dt> Hit Enter</dt> |
| 1891 | + <dd>Did the selected search engine (default - Google) results page for query "Ubuntu server docs" open?</dd> |
| 1892 | +</dl> |
| 1893 | +Test-case name: firefox/fir-003 |
| 1894 | +<dl> |
| 1895 | + This test will check that Firefox can use different search engines |
| 1896 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch Firefox by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘firefox’</dt> |
| 1897 | + <dd>Firefox should launch</dd> |
| 1898 | + <dt> Click on the Google icon in the search bar and change it to Wikipedia</dt> |
| 1899 | + <dd>Wikipedia search engine selected</dd> |
| 1900 | + <dt> Type in Linux</dt> |
| 1901 | + <dd>Did the Wikipedia page for linux open?</dd> |
| 1902 | +</dl> |
| 1903 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 1904 | If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 1905 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1420_Gedit Tests' |
| 1908 | --- testcases/packages/1420_Gedit Tests 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 1909 | +++ testcases/packages/1420_Gedit Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 1910 | @@ -1,146 +1,83 @@ |
| 1911 | Test-case name: gedit/ged-001 |
| 1912 | -This test will check that GEdit can save and open saved files |
| 1913 | -<ol> |
| 1914 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch gedit by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘gedit’</li> |
| 1915 | -<ol> |
| 1916 | -<li title="expected_result">Gedit should launch</li> |
| 1917 | -</ol> |
| 1918 | -<li title="action"> Type in “The quick brown foxes jump over the lazy dog”</li> |
| 1919 | -<ol> |
| 1920 | -<li title="expected_result">Text appears</li> |
| 1921 | -</ol> |
| 1922 | -<li title="action"> Click on Save</li> |
| 1923 | -<ol> |
| 1924 | -<li title="expected_result">'Save as' window appears</li> |
| 1925 | -</ol> |
| 1926 | -<li title="action"> Type in 'gedit.txt' for the name of the file, select any folder and press the save button</li> |
| 1927 | -<ol> |
| 1928 | -<li title="expected_result">'Save as' window closes</li> |
| 1929 | -</ol> |
| 1930 | -<li title="action"> Close the text editor by pressing the ‘x’ in the left hand corner</li> |
| 1931 | -<ol> |
| 1932 | -<li title="expected_result">Gedit closes</li> |
| 1933 | -</ol> |
| 1934 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch nautilus by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘nautilus’</li> |
| 1935 | -<ol> |
| 1936 | -<li title="expected_result">nautilus should launch</li> |
| 1937 | -</ol> |
| 1938 | -<li title="action"> Navigate to the directory where you saved the file and double click it to launch gedit</li> |
| 1939 | -<ol> |
| 1940 | -<li title="expected_result">Does gedit launch and the display the the file with the text “The quick brown foxes jump over the lazy dog”?</li> |
| 1941 | -</ol> |
| 1942 | -</ol> |
| 1943 | -Test-case name: gedit/ged-002 |
| 1944 | -This test will check that GEdit can save HTML files correctly |
| 1945 | -<ol> |
| 1946 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch gedit by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘gedit’</li> |
| 1947 | -<ol> |
| 1948 | -<li title="expected_result">Gedit should launch</li> |
| 1949 | -</ol> |
| 1950 | -<li title="action"> Type in “<a href="http://www.ubuntu.com">Link To Ubuntu</a>”</li> |
| 1951 | -<ol> |
| 1952 | -<li title="expected_result">Text appears</li> |
| 1953 | -</ol> |
| 1954 | -<li title="action"> Click on Save</li> |
| 1955 | -<ol> |
| 1956 | -<li title="expected_result">'Save as' window appears</li> |
| 1957 | -</ol> |
| 1958 | -<li title="action"> Type in gedit.html for the name of the file, select any folder and press the save button</li> |
| 1959 | -<ol> |
| 1960 | -<li title="expected_result">'Save as' window closes</li> |
| 1961 | -</ol> |
| 1962 | -<li title="action"> Close the text editor by pressing the ‘x’ in the left hand corner</li> |
| 1963 | -<ol> |
| 1964 | -<li title="expected_result">Gedit closes</li> |
| 1965 | -</ol> |
| 1966 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch nautilus by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘nautilus’</li> |
| 1967 | -<ol> |
| 1968 | -<li title="expected_result">nautilus should launch</li> |
| 1969 | -</ol> |
| 1970 | -<li title="action"> Navigate to the directory where you saved the file and double the file it to launch the default browser and display the html file</li> |
| 1971 | -<ol> |
| 1972 | -<li title="expected_result">Does your default browser launch and the display a page with a link to the ubuntu website?</li> |
| 1973 | -</ol> |
| 1974 | -</ol> |
| 1975 | -Test-case name: gedit/ged-003 |
| 1976 | -This test will check that GEdit can replace text |
| 1977 | -<ol> |
| 1978 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch gedit by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘gedit’</li> |
| 1979 | -<ol> |
| 1980 | -<li title="expected_result">Gedit should launch</li> |
| 1981 | -</ol> |
| 1982 | -<li title="action"> Type in “The quick brown foxes jump over the lazy dog”</li> |
| 1983 | -<ol> |
| 1984 | -<li title="expected_result">Text appears</li> |
| 1985 | -</ol> |
| 1986 | -<li title="action"> Press "Ctrl+H"</li> |
| 1987 | -<ol> |
| 1988 | -<li title="expected_result">'Replace' dialog appears</li> |
| 1989 | -</ol> |
| 1990 | -<li title="action"> In the 'Search for' box type ‘foxes’, and in the 'Replace with' box, type ‘fox’. Then click "Replace all"</li> |
| 1991 | -<ol> |
| 1992 | -<li title="expected_result">'Replace' dialog is not closed</li> |
| 1993 | -</ol> |
| 1994 | -<ol> |
| 1995 | -<li title="expected_result">Does the text displayed now read “The quick brown fox jump over the lazy dog”?</li> |
| 1996 | -</ol> |
| 1997 | -</ol> |
| 1998 | -Test-case name: gedit/ged-004 |
| 1999 | -This test will check that GEdit can find and hightlight searched text |
| 2000 | -<ol> |
| 2001 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch gedit by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘gedit’</li> |
| 2002 | -<ol> |
| 2003 | -<li title="expected_result">Gedit should launch</li> |
| 2004 | -</ol> |
| 2005 | -<li title="action"> Type in “The quick brown fox jump over the lazy dog”</li> |
| 2006 | -<ol> |
| 2007 | -<li title="expected_result">Text appears</li> |
| 2008 | -</ol> |
| 2009 | -<li title="action"> Press 'Ctrl+F'</li> |
| 2010 | -<ol> |
| 2011 | -<li title="expected_result">the search box appears, input focus is in search box</li> |
| 2012 | -</ol> |
| 2013 | -<li title="action"> Type 't'</li> |
| 2014 | -<ol> |
| 2015 | -<li title="expected_result">all 't' letters in the document are highlighted</li> |
| 2016 | -</ol> |
| 2017 | -<li title="action"> Type 'he'</li> |
| 2018 | -<ol> |
| 2019 | -<li title="expected_result">all 'the' or 'The' words in the document are highlighted</li> |
| 2020 | -</ol> |
| 2021 | -<li title="action"> Click down arrow button in the search box</li> |
| 2022 | -<ol> |
| 2023 | -<li title="expected_result">text cursor moves to grey-highlighted 'the' in 'over the lazy dog'</li> |
| 2024 | -</ol> |
| 2025 | -<li title="action"> Click up arrow button in the search box</li> |
| 2026 | -<ol> |
| 2027 | -<li title="expected_result">text cursor moves to grey-highlighted 'The' in 'The quick brown'..</li> |
| 2028 | -</ol> |
| 2029 | -<li title="action"> Press ESC button</li> |
| 2030 | -<ol> |
| 2031 | -<li title="expected_result">Did the search box close and focus return to the document, with the search term highlighted?</li> |
| 2032 | -</ol> |
| 2033 | -</ol> |
| 2034 | -Test-case name: gedit/ged-005 |
| 2035 | -This test will check that GEdit can display File Browser panel |
| 2036 | -<ol> |
| 2037 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch gedit by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘gedit’</li> |
| 2038 | -<ol> |
| 2039 | -<li title="expected_result">Gedit should launch</li> |
| 2040 | -</ol> |
| 2041 | -<li title="action"> Click on Edit -> Preferences -> Plugins. Then ensure the “File Browser Panel” plugin is checked. Close the window by pressing close.</li> |
| 2042 | -<ol> |
| 2043 | -<li title="expected_result">Preferences window is closed</li> |
| 2044 | -</ol> |
| 2045 | -<li title="action"> Press F9</li> |
| 2046 | -<ol> |
| 2047 | -<li title="expected_result">The side panel appears with the file browser panel included</li> |
| 2048 | -</ol> |
| 2049 | -<li title="action"> Press F9 again</li> |
| 2050 | -<ol> |
| 2051 | -<li title="expected_result">Did the side panel open and close properly?</li> |
| 2052 | -</ol> |
| 2053 | -</ol> |
| 2054 | -<strong> |
| 2055 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 2056 | +<dl> |
| 2057 | + This test will check that GEdit can save and open saved files |
| 2058 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch gedit by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘gedit’</dt> |
| 2059 | + <dd>Gedit should launch</dd> |
| 2060 | + <dt> Type in “The quick brown foxes jump over the lazy dog”</dt> |
| 2061 | + <dd>Text appears</dd> |
| 2062 | + <dt> Click on Save</dt> |
| 2063 | + <dd>'Save as' window appears</dd> |
| 2064 | + <dt> Type in 'gedit.txt' for the name of the file, select any folder and press the save button</dt> |
| 2065 | + <dd>'Save as' window closes</dd> |
| 2066 | + <dt> Close the text editor by pressing the ‘x’ in the left hand corner</dt> |
| 2067 | + <dd>Gedit closes</dd> |
| 2068 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch nautilus by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘nautilus’</dt> |
| 2069 | + <dd>nautilus should launch</dd> |
| 2070 | + <dt> Navigate to the directory where you saved the file and double click it to launch gedit</dt> |
| 2071 | + <dd>Does gedit launch and the display the the file with the text “The quick brown foxes jump over the lazy dog”?</dd> |
| 2072 | +</dl> |
| 2073 | +Test-case name: gedit/ged-002 |
| 2074 | +<dl> |
| 2075 | + This test will check that GEdit can save HTML files correctly |
| 2076 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch gedit by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘gedit’</dt> |
| 2077 | + <dd>Gedit should launch</dd> |
| 2078 | + <dt> Type in “<a href="http://www.ubuntu.com">Link To Ubuntu</a>”</dt> |
| 2079 | + <dd>Text appears</dd> |
| 2080 | + <dt> Click on Save</dt> |
| 2081 | + <dd>'Save as' window appears</dd> |
| 2082 | + <dt> Type in gedit.html for the name of the file, select any folder and press the save button</dt> |
| 2083 | + <dd>'Save as' window closes</dd> |
| 2084 | + <dt> Close the text editor by pressing the ‘x’ in the left hand corner</dt> |
| 2085 | + <dd>Gedit closes</dd> |
| 2086 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch nautilus by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘nautilus’</dt> |
| 2087 | + <dd>nautilus should launch</dd> |
| 2088 | + <dt> Navigate to the directory where you saved the file and double the file it to launch the default browser and display the html file</dt> |
| 2089 | + <dd>Does your default browser launch and the display a page with a link to the ubuntu website?</dd> |
| 2090 | +</dl> |
| 2091 | +Test-case name: gedit/ged-003 |
| 2092 | +<dl> |
| 2093 | + This test will check that GEdit can replace text |
| 2094 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch gedit by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘gedit’</dt> |
| 2095 | + <dd>Gedit should launch</dd> |
| 2096 | + <dt> Type in “The quick brown foxes jump over the lazy dog”</dt> |
| 2097 | + <dd>Text appears</dd> |
| 2098 | + <dt> Press "Ctrl+H"</dt> |
| 2099 | + <dd>'Replace' dialog appears</dd> |
| 2100 | + <dt> In the 'Search for' box type ‘foxes’, and in the 'Replace with' box, type ‘fox’. Then click "Replace all"</dt> |
| 2101 | + <dd>'Replace' dialog is not closed</dd> |
| 2102 | + <dd>Does the text displayed now read “The quick brown fox jump over the lazy dog”?</dd> |
| 2103 | +</dl> |
| 2104 | +Test-case name: gedit/ged-004 |
| 2105 | +<dl> |
| 2106 | + This test will check that GEdit can find and hightlight searched text |
| 2107 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch gedit by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘gedit’</dt> |
| 2108 | + <dd>Gedit should launch</dd> |
| 2109 | + <dt> Type in “The quick brown fox jump over the lazy dog”</dt> |
| 2110 | + <dd>Text appears</dd> |
| 2111 | + <dt> Press 'Ctrl+F'</dt> |
| 2112 | + <dd>the search box appears, input focus is in search box</dd> |
| 2113 | + <dt> Type 't'</dt> |
| 2114 | + <dd>all 't' letters in the document are highlighted</dd> |
| 2115 | + <dt> Type 'he'</dt> |
| 2116 | + <dd>all 'the' or 'The' words in the document are highlighted</dd> |
| 2117 | + <dt> Click down arrow button in the search box</dt> |
| 2118 | + <dd>text cursor moves to grey-highlighted 'the' in 'over the lazy dog'</dd> |
| 2119 | + <dt> Click up arrow button in the search box</dt> |
| 2120 | + <dd>text cursor moves to grey-highlighted 'The' in 'The quick brown'..</dd> |
| 2121 | + <dt> Press ESC button</dt> |
| 2122 | + <dd>Did the search box close and focus return to the document, with the search term highlighted?</dd> |
| 2123 | +</dl> |
| 2124 | +Test-case name: gedit/ged-005 |
| 2125 | +<dl> |
| 2126 | + This test will check that GEdit can display File Browser panel |
| 2127 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch gedit by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘gedit’</dt> |
| 2128 | + <dd>Gedit should launch</dd> |
| 2129 | + <dt> Click on Edit -> Preferences -> Plugins. Then ensure the “File Browser Panel” plugin is checked. Close the window by pressing close.</dt> |
| 2130 | + <dd>Preferences window is closed</dd> |
| 2131 | + <dt> Press F9</dt> |
| 2132 | + <dd>The side panel appears with the file browser panel included</dd> |
| 2133 | + <dt> Press F9 again</dt> |
| 2134 | + <dd>Did the side panel open and close properly?</dd> |
| 2135 | +</dl> |
| 2136 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 2137 | If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 2138 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1421_Gnome Screenshot Tests' |
| 2141 | --- testcases/packages/1421_Gnome Screenshot Tests 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 2142 | +++ testcases/packages/1421_Gnome Screenshot Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 2143 | @@ -1,43 +1,36 @@ |
| 2144 | Test-case name: gnomescreenshot/gns-001 |
| 2145 | -This test will check that Gnome Screenshot can save screenshot of the whole screen |
| 2146 | -<ol> |
| 2147 | -<li title="action"> Open gnome-screenshot using the dash, and typing 'screenshot'</li> |
| 2148 | -<li title="action"> Select Grab the whole desktop</li> |
| 2149 | -<li title="action"> Click on Take Screenshot</li> |
| 2150 | -<li title="action"> Name it shot1.png</li> |
| 2151 | -<li title="action"> Select your home folder for the image to be saved to</li> |
| 2152 | -<li title="action"> Click Save</li> |
| 2153 | -<ol> |
| 2154 | -<li title="expected_result">Is the screenshot image saved to your home directory? Is it a valid image file containing your screen?</li> |
| 2155 | -</ol> |
| 2156 | -</ol> |
| 2157 | -Test-case name: gnomescreenshot/gns-002 |
| 2158 | -This test will check that Gnome Screenshot can save screenshot of selected window |
| 2159 | -<ol> |
| 2160 | -<li title="action"> Open gnome-screenshot using the dash, and typing 'screenshot'</li> |
| 2161 | -<li title="action"> Select Grab the current window</li> |
| 2162 | -<li title="action"> Click on Take Screenshot</li> |
| 2163 | -<li title="action"> Name it shot2.png</li> |
| 2164 | -<li title="action"> Select your home folder for the image to be saved to</li> |
| 2165 | -<li title="action"> Click Save</li> |
| 2166 | -<ol> |
| 2167 | -<li title="expected_result">Is the screenshot image saved to your home directory? Is it a valid image file containing your selected window?</li> |
| 2168 | -</ol> |
| 2169 | -</ol> |
| 2170 | -Test-case name: gnomescreenshot/gns-003 |
| 2171 | -This test will check that Gnome Screenshot can save screenshot of selected window |
| 2172 | -<ol> |
| 2173 | -<li title="action"> Open gnome-screenshot using the dash, and typing 'screenshot'</li> |
| 2174 | -<li title="action"> Select Grab the current window</li> |
| 2175 | -<li title="action"> Select Drop shadow from the Apply effect drop down menu</li> |
| 2176 | -<li title="action"> Click on Take Screenshot</li> |
| 2177 | -<li title="action"> Name it shot2.png</li> |
| 2178 | -<li title="action"> Select your home folder for the image to be saved to</li> |
| 2179 | -<li title="action"> Click Save</li> |
| 2180 | -<ol> |
| 2181 | -<li title="expected_result">Is the screenshot image saved to your home directory? Is it a valid image file containing your selected window, with the drop shadow effect?</li> |
| 2182 | -</ol> |
| 2183 | -</ol> |
| 2184 | -<strong> |
| 2185 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 2186 | +<dl> |
| 2187 | + This test will check that Gnome Screenshot can save screenshot of the whole screen |
| 2188 | + <dt> Open gnome-screenshot using the dash, and typing 'screenshot'</dt> |
| 2189 | + <dt> Select Grab the whole desktop</dt> |
| 2190 | + <dt> Click on Take Screenshot</dt> |
| 2191 | + <dt> Name it shot1.png</dt> |
| 2192 | + <dt> Select your home folder for the image to be saved to</dt> |
| 2193 | + <dt> Click Save</dt> |
| 2194 | + <dd>Is the screenshot image saved to your home directory? Is it a valid image file containing your screen?</dd> |
| 2195 | +</dl> |
| 2196 | +Test-case name: gnomescreenshot/gns-002 |
| 2197 | +<dl> |
| 2198 | + This test will check that Gnome Screenshot can save screenshot of selected window |
| 2199 | + <dt> Open gnome-screenshot using the dash, and typing 'screenshot'</dt> |
| 2200 | + <dt> Select Grab the current window</dt> |
| 2201 | + <dt> Click on Take Screenshot</dt> |
| 2202 | + <dt> Name it shot2.png</dt> |
| 2203 | + <dt> Select your home folder for the image to be saved to</dt> |
| 2204 | + <dt> Click Save</dt> |
| 2205 | + <dd>Is the screenshot image saved to your home directory? Is it a valid image file containing your selected window?</dd> |
| 2206 | +</dl> |
| 2207 | +Test-case name: gnomescreenshot/gns-003 |
| 2208 | +<dl> |
| 2209 | + This test will check that Gnome Screenshot can save screenshot of selected window |
| 2210 | + <dt> Open gnome-screenshot using the dash, and typing 'screenshot'</dt> |
| 2211 | + <dt> Select Grab the current window</dt> |
| 2212 | + <dt> Select Drop shadow from the Apply effect drop down menu</dt> |
| 2213 | + <dt> Click on Take Screenshot</dt> |
| 2214 | + <dt> Name it shot2.png</dt> |
| 2215 | + <dt> Select your home folder for the image to be saved to</dt> |
| 2216 | + <dt> Click Save</dt> |
| 2217 | + <dd>Is the screenshot image saved to your home directory? Is it a valid image file containing your selected window, with the drop shadow effect?</dd> |
| 2218 | +</dl> |
| 2219 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 2220 | If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 2221 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 2222 | |
| 2223 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1422_Gnome Terminal Tests' |
| 2224 | --- testcases/packages/1422_Gnome Terminal Tests 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 2225 | +++ testcases/packages/1422_Gnome Terminal Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 2226 | @@ -1,75 +1,54 @@ |
| 2227 | Test-case name: gnometerminal/ter-001 |
| 2228 | -This test will check that basic terminal commands work in Gnome Terminal |
| 2229 | -<ol> |
| 2230 | -<li title="action"> Open Terminal using the dash, and typing 'terminal'</li> |
| 2231 | -<li title="action"> Type in sudo apt-get update and press Enter</li> |
| 2232 | -<ol> |
| 2233 | -<li title="expected_result">You are asked for [sudo] password for USER: (where USER is your user name).</li> |
| 2234 | -</ol> |
| 2235 | -<li title="action"> Enter your password and wait for the command to complete.</li> |
| 2236 | -<ol> |
| 2237 | -<li title="expected_result">Command finishes and leaves you at an empty prompt</li> |
| 2238 | -</ol> |
| 2239 | -<li title="action"> Enter ls -al</li> |
| 2240 | -<ol> |
| 2241 | -<li title="expected_result">This should list all file in full in the folder you are currently in</li> |
| 2242 | -</ol> |
| 2243 | -<li title="action"> Press the up arrow on your keyboard</li> |
| 2244 | -<ol> |
| 2245 | -<li title="expected_result">Does the ls -al command you just entered appear?</li> |
| 2246 | -</ol> |
| 2247 | -</ol> |
| 2248 | -Test-case name: gnometerminal/ter-002 |
| 2249 | -This test will check that terminal colors and zoom level can be changed |
| 2250 | -<ol> |
| 2251 | -<li title="action"> Open Terminal using the dash, and typing 'terminal'</li> |
| 2252 | -<li title="action"> Click on Edit, select Profiles, select Edit and select colours.</li> |
| 2253 | -<li title="action"> Modify the colours to a different set</li> |
| 2254 | -<ol> |
| 2255 | -<li title="expected_result">Colors change in terminal</li> |
| 2256 | -</ol> |
| 2257 | -<li title="action"> Set a Background Image</li> |
| 2258 | -<ol> |
| 2259 | -<li title="expected_result">Terminal background changes</li> |
| 2260 | -</ol> |
| 2261 | -<li title="action"> Change the Zoom Level</li> |
| 2262 | -<ol> |
| 2263 | -<li title="expected_result">Did the zoom level change in terminal?</li> |
| 2264 | -</ol> |
| 2265 | -</ol> |
| 2266 | -Test-case name: gnometerminal/ter-003 |
| 2267 | -This test will check that terminal coloring is active |
| 2268 | -<ol> |
| 2269 | -<li title="action"> Open Terminal using the dash, and typing 'terminal'</li> |
| 2270 | -<li title="action"> Type in touch text1.txt</li> |
| 2271 | -<li title="action"> type in ls</li> |
| 2272 | -<li title="action">txt is in black</li> |
| 2273 | -<li title="action"> Type in chmod 777 text1.txt</li> |
| 2274 | -<li title="action"> Type in ls</li> |
| 2275 | -<li title="action">txt should now green?</li> |
| 2276 | -</ol> |
| 2277 | -Test-case name: gnometerminal/ter-004 |
| 2278 | -This test will check that the terminal tab launches succesfully |
| 2279 | -<ol> |
| 2280 | -<li title="action"> Open Terminal using the dash, and typing 'terminal'</li> |
| 2281 | -<li title="action"> Press Ctrl+Alt+T</li> |
| 2282 | -<ol> |
| 2283 | -<li title="expected_result">Is an instance of gnome-terminal with the title '<user>@<hostname>: ~' opened, with the current directory set to the users home directory?</li> |
| 2284 | -</ol> |
| 2285 | -</ol> |
| 2286 | -Test-case name: gnometerminal/ter-005 |
| 2287 | -This test will check that the terminal can be given a new title |
| 2288 | -<ol> |
| 2289 | -<li title="action"> Open Terminal using the dash, and typing 'terminal'</li> |
| 2290 | -<li title="action"> From the main menu select 'Terminal > Set Title...'</li> |
| 2291 | -<ol> |
| 2292 | -<li title="expected_result">The Set Title dialog appears</li> |
| 2293 | -</ol> |
| 2294 | -<li title="action"> Enter 'Test Title' and click OK</li> |
| 2295 | -<ol> |
| 2296 | -<li title="expected_result">Is the title of the window now 'Test Title'?</li> |
| 2297 | -</ol> |
| 2298 | -</ol> |
| 2299 | -<strong> |
| 2300 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 2301 | +<dl> |
| 2302 | + This test will check that basic terminal commands work in Gnome Terminal |
| 2303 | + <dt> Open Terminal using the dash, and typing 'terminal'</dt> |
| 2304 | + <dt> Type in sudo apt-get update and press Enter</dt> |
| 2305 | + <dd>You are asked for [sudo] password for USER: (where USER is your user name).</dd> |
| 2306 | + <dt> Enter your password and wait for the command to complete.</dt> |
| 2307 | + <dd>Command finishes and leaves you at an empty prompt</dd> |
| 2308 | + <dt> Enter ls -al</dt> |
| 2309 | + <dd>This should list all file in full in the folder you are currently in</dd> |
| 2310 | + <dt> Press the up arrow on your keyboard</dt> |
| 2311 | + <dd>Does the ls -al command you just entered appear?</dd> |
| 2312 | +</dl> |
| 2313 | +Test-case name: gnometerminal/ter-002 |
| 2314 | +<dl> |
| 2315 | + This test will check that terminal colors and zoom level can be changed |
| 2316 | + <dt> Open Terminal using the dash, and typing 'terminal'</dt> |
| 2317 | + <dt> Click on Edit, select Profiles, select Edit and select colours.</dt> |
| 2318 | + <dt> Modify the colours to a different set</dt> |
| 2319 | + <dd>Colors change in terminal</dd> |
| 2320 | + <dt> Set a Background Image</dt> |
| 2321 | + <dd>Terminal background changes</dd> |
| 2322 | + <dt> Change the Zoom Level</dt> |
| 2323 | + <dd>Did the zoom level change in terminal?</dd> |
| 2324 | +</dl> |
| 2325 | +Test-case name: gnometerminal/ter-003 |
| 2326 | +<dl> |
| 2327 | + This test will check that terminal coloring is active |
| 2328 | + <dt> Open Terminal using the dash, and typing 'terminal'</dt> |
| 2329 | + <dt> Type in touch text1.txt</dt> |
| 2330 | + <dt> type in ls</dt> |
| 2331 | + <dt>txt is in black</dt> |
| 2332 | + <dt> Type in chmod 777 text1.txt</dt> |
| 2333 | + <dt> Type in ls</dt> |
| 2334 | + <dt>txt should now green?</dt> |
| 2335 | +</dl> |
| 2336 | +Test-case name: gnometerminal/ter-004 |
| 2337 | +<dl> |
| 2338 | + This test will check that the terminal tab launches succesfully |
| 2339 | + <dt> Open Terminal using the dash, and typing 'terminal'</dt> |
| 2340 | + <dt> Press Ctrl+Alt+T</dt> |
| 2341 | + <dd>Is an instance of gnome-terminal with the title '<user>@<hostname>: ~' opened, with the current directory set to the users home directory?</dd> |
| 2342 | +</dl> |
| 2343 | +Test-case name: gnometerminal/ter-005 |
| 2344 | +<dl> |
| 2345 | + This test will check that the terminal can be given a new title |
| 2346 | + <dt> Open Terminal using the dash, and typing 'terminal'</dt> |
| 2347 | + <dt> From the main menu select 'Terminal > Set Title...'</dt> |
| 2348 | + <dd>The Set Title dialog appears</dd> |
| 2349 | + <dt> Enter 'Test Title' and click OK</dt> |
| 2350 | + <dd>Is the title of the window now 'Test Title'?</dd> |
| 2351 | +</dl> |
| 2352 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 2353 | If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 2354 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 2355 | |
| 2356 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1423_LibreOffice Tests' |
| 2357 | --- testcases/packages/1423_LibreOffice Tests 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 2358 | +++ testcases/packages/1423_LibreOffice Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 2359 | @@ -1,464 +1,313 @@ |
| 2360 | Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-001 |
| 2361 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Calc can be started |
| 2362 | -<ol> |
| 2363 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch LibreOffice Calc by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘calc’</li> |
| 2364 | -<ol> |
| 2365 | -<li title="expected_result">Did LibreOffice Calc launch?</li> |
| 2366 | -</ol> |
| 2367 | -</ol> |
| 2368 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-002 |
| 2369 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Impress can be started |
| 2370 | -<ol> |
| 2371 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch LibreOffice Impress by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘impress’</li> |
| 2372 | -<ol> |
| 2373 | -<li title="expected_result">Did LibreOffice Impress launch?</li> |
| 2374 | -</ol> |
| 2375 | -</ol> |
| 2376 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-003 |
| 2377 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Math can be started |
| 2378 | -<ol> |
| 2379 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch LibreOffice equation editor by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘math’</li> |
| 2380 | -<ol> |
| 2381 | -<li title="expected_result">Did LibreOffice Math launch?</li> |
| 2382 | -</ol> |
| 2383 | -</ol> |
| 2384 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-004 |
| 2385 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Writer can be started |
| 2386 | -<ol> |
| 2387 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch LibreOffice Writer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘writer’</li> |
| 2388 | -<ol> |
| 2389 | -<li title="expected_result">Did LibreOffice Writer launch?</li> |
| 2390 | -</ol> |
| 2391 | -</ol> |
| 2392 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-005 |
| 2393 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Draw can be started |
| 2394 | -<ol> |
| 2395 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch LibreOffice Draw by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘draw’</li> |
| 2396 | -<ol> |
| 2397 | -<li title="expected_result">Did LibreOffice Draw launch?</li> |
| 2398 | -</ol> |
| 2399 | -</ol> |
| 2400 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-006 |
| 2401 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Writer can open and save ODF files |
| 2402 | -<ol> |
| 2403 | -<li title="action"> Open a new text document</li> |
| 2404 | -<ol> |
| 2405 | -<li title="expected_result">A new unnamed text document appears.</li> |
| 2406 | -</ol> |
| 2407 | -<li title="action"> Add text and save it in ODF format</li> |
| 2408 | -<ol> |
| 2409 | -<li title="expected_result">After inserting some text, the "Save" icon is enabled.</li> |
| 2410 | -</ol> |
| 2411 | -<li title="action"> Open the saved file again.</li> |
| 2412 | -<ol> |
| 2413 | -<li title="expected_result">The save dialog lets you save the file.</li> |
| 2414 | -</ol> |
| 2415 | -<li title="action"> Close the file and open the saved file again</li> |
| 2416 | -<ol> |
| 2417 | -<li title="expected_result">Can the file be opened again after closing properly?</li> |
| 2418 | -</ol> |
| 2419 | -</ol> |
| 2420 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-007 |
| 2421 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Writer can check spelling |
| 2422 | -<ol> |
| 2423 | -<li title="action"> Download the test document: http://cgit.freedesktop.org/libreoffice/contrib/test-files/plain/writer/litmus/language-test-en.odt</li> |
| 2424 | -<li title="action"> Open the test file with libreoffice</li> |
| 2425 | -<ol> |
| 2426 | -<li title="expected_result">There are Red and Blue wave lines under mispelt words and those containing grammar mistake over the whole document.</li> |
| 2427 | -</ol> |
| 2428 | -<li title="action"> Press F7</li> |
| 2429 | -<ol> |
| 2430 | -<li title="expected_result">The window titled with "Spellling and Grammar: [Language'" pops up; In the spell and grammar check window, the "Text language" is set to the same of document language type; All buttons are availble to click; There should be some suggestion words in the suggestions list.</li> |
| 2431 | -</ol> |
| 2432 | -<li title="action"> Select a word from the suggestion list and press "Change" button</li> |
| 2433 | -<ol> |
| 2434 | -<li title="expected_result">The word in the document is replaced with the one you selected from the suggestion list, and it should be no longer marked with a red wave line in the document.</li> |
| 2435 | -</ol> |
| 2436 | -<li title="action"> Press Change many times to get through the entire document</li> |
| 2437 | -<ol> |
| 2438 | -<li title="expected_result">Did all the correction of misspelling and grammar mistakes work smoothly and finally after the overall change did the entire document no longer contain wave lines any more?</li> |
| 2439 | -</ol> |
| 2440 | -</ol> |
| 2441 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-008 |
| 2442 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Writer can hypenate words |
| 2443 | -<ol> |
| 2444 | -<li title="action"> Download the test document: http://cgit.freedesktop.org/libreoffice/contrib/test-files/plain/writer/litmus/language-test-en.odt?id=2bdb4b89359632865b359435b20807b9fbc0889f</li> |
| 2445 | -<li title="action"> Open the test file with libreoffice</li> |
| 2446 | -<li title="action"> Select from menu Tools-Language-Hyphenation...</li> |
| 2447 | -<ol> |
| 2448 | -<li title="expected_result">The hyphenation dialog should pop up</li> |
| 2449 | -</ol> |
| 2450 | -<li title="action"> Press button in the dialog "Hyphenate"</li> |
| 2451 | -<ol> |
| 2452 | -<li title="expected_result">The corresponding word is split across two lines seprated by a hyphen. Next word to be hyphenized is shown in the dialog box.</li> |
| 2453 | -</ol> |
| 2454 | -<li title="action"> Press button in the dialog "Skip"</li> |
| 2455 | -<ol> |
| 2456 | -<li title="expected_result">The corresponding word should not be split across two lines.</li> |
| 2457 | -</ol> |
| 2458 | -<li title="action"> Press "Hyphenate" several times until the check finished</li> |
| 2459 | -<li title="action"> Select from menu Tools-Language-Hyphenation...</li> |
| 2460 | -<li title="action"> Press button "Remove" several times until the check finished</li> |
| 2461 | -<ol> |
| 2462 | -<li title="expected_result">All of the hyphenated words are changed back without hyphens</li> |
| 2463 | -</ol> |
| 2464 | -<li title="action"> Select from menu Tools-Language-Hyphenation...</li> |
| 2465 | -<li title="action"> Press button in the dialog "Hyphenate All"</li> |
| 2466 | -<ol> |
| 2467 | -<li title="expected_result">Did all words needing to be hyphenated, split by hyphens at one time?</li> |
| 2468 | -</ol> |
| 2469 | -</ol> |
| 2470 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-009 |
| 2471 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Calc can save and open files |
| 2472 | -<ol> |
| 2473 | -<li title="action"> Open a new Calc document.</li> |
| 2474 | -<ol> |
| 2475 | -<li title="expected_result">A new blank spreadsheet is opened.</li> |
| 2476 | -</ol> |
| 2477 | -<li title="action"> Add numeric values, date values, calculations, cell references, different formatting.</li> |
| 2478 | -<ol> |
| 2479 | -<li title="expected_result">After editing the first cell, the "Save" icon is available.</li> |
| 2480 | -</ol> |
| 2481 | -<li title="action"> Add content in your language, specially characters and formatting typical of your language.</li> |
| 2482 | -<ol> |
| 2483 | -<li title="expected_result">The "Save" dialog lets you save the file.</li> |
| 2484 | -</ol> |
| 2485 | -<li title="action"> Test and save it in ODF format.</li> |
| 2486 | -<li title="action"> Open the saved file again.</li> |
| 2487 | -<ol> |
| 2488 | -<li title="expected_result">Can the file be opened properly again after closing?</li> |
| 2489 | -</ol> |
| 2490 | -</ol> |
| 2491 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-010 |
| 2492 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Impress can display special characters |
| 2493 | -<ol> |
| 2494 | -<li title="action"> Open a OpenDocument presentation (.odp) file containing special characters in your language</li> |
| 2495 | -<ol> |
| 2496 | -<li title="expected_result">The presentation (OpenDocument and PowerPoint) should run as an on-screen presentation, displaying all the pages with transitions and animations.</li> |
| 2497 | -</ol> |
| 2498 | -<li title="action"> Choose Presentation-Presentation.</li> |
| 2499 | -<ol> |
| 2500 | -<li title="expected_result">Special characters in your language should display correctly</li> |
| 2501 | -</ol> |
| 2502 | -<li title="action"> Do the same with an MS PowerPoint file.</li> |
| 2503 | -<ol> |
| 2504 | -<li title="expected_result">Was the content not altered?</li> |
| 2505 | -</ol> |
| 2506 | -</ol> |
| 2507 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-011 |
| 2508 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Base can create new databases |
| 2509 | -<ol> |
| 2510 | -<li title="action"> Open a new database file (New - Database) and check [Create a database' then click on Next button.</li> |
| 2511 | -<ol> |
| 2512 | -<li title="expected_result">The database wizard open: all strings in the dialog box and window are correctly localized.</li> |
| 2513 | -</ol> |
| 2514 | -<li title="action"> Check [Yes, I want the wizard to register the database' and [Open the database for edition' and click on Finish.</li> |
| 2515 | -<li title="action"> Enter a name for the database (using special characters in your language) in the dialog box and click OK.</li> |
| 2516 | -<ol> |
| 2517 | -<li title="expected_result">Does the database application appear?</li> |
| 2518 | -</ol> |
| 2519 | -</ol> |
| 2520 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-012 |
| 2521 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Base can create new tables and fields |
| 2522 | -<ol> |
| 2523 | -<li title="action"> Click on the Table icon in the database panel.</li> |
| 2524 | -<li title="action"> Click on [Create a table in Design mode...' in the [Tasks' panel.</li> |
| 2525 | -<li title="action"> Enter the name, address and telephone number as field names.</li> |
| 2526 | -<li title="action"> Call this table "Table1" as a reference for the following tests.</li> |
| 2527 | -<li title="action"> Click on the [Save' icon - enter the table name (containing special characters) - click on Yes to create a primary key.</li> |
| 2528 | -<li title="action"> Click [Index Design' - Click on Close.</li> |
| 2529 | -<li title="action"> Close the window.</li> |
| 2530 | -<ol> |
| 2531 | -<li title="expected_result">Is Table1 properly created? Did the designer work without error?</li> |
| 2532 | -</ol> |
| 2533 | -</ol> |
| 2534 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-013 |
| 2535 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Math can create new formulas |
| 2536 | -<ol> |
| 2537 | -<li title="action"> Call the menu 'File - New - Formula' the formula editor.</li> |
| 2538 | -<ol> |
| 2539 | -<li title="expected_result">Is the module called and two parts (formula and input window) displayed and are all menu items, tool tips and context menus translated?</li> |
| 2540 | -</ol> |
| 2541 | -</ol> |
| 2542 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-014 |
| 2543 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Math can save and open formulas |
| 2544 | -<ol> |
| 2545 | -<li title="action"> Enter different formula values, for example: lllint from{1} to{x} (1 over sum from {k > j} (d_(j)+arccot(nroot{32 }X^{11})))+1</li> |
| 2546 | -<ol> |
| 2547 | -<li title="expected_result">There should be a mathematical formula in Math.</li> |
| 2548 | -</ol> |
| 2549 | -<li title="action"> Click in the upper window in the formula.</li> |
| 2550 | -<ol> |
| 2551 | -<li title="expected_result">The cursor goes to the input window when the Formula window, the individual sections of the formula are marked.</li> |
| 2552 | -</ol> |
| 2553 | -<li title="action"> Save the formula from.</li> |
| 2554 | -<ol> |
| 2555 | -<li title="expected_result">The formula is saved, the editor closes.</li> |
| 2556 | -</ol> |
| 2557 | -<li title="action"> Complete the formula and open it again.</li> |
| 2558 | -<ol> |
| 2559 | -<li title="expected_result">Can the formula be opened once?</li> |
| 2560 | -</ol> |
| 2561 | -</ol> |
| 2562 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-015 |
| 2563 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Draw can open and save files |
| 2564 | -<ol> |
| 2565 | -<li title="action"> Open a new Draw document.</li> |
| 2566 | -<ol> |
| 2567 | -<li title="expected_result">A new file is opened.</li> |
| 2568 | -</ol> |
| 2569 | -<li title="action"> Add a few different forms, including text boxes, font, etc. Work</li> |
| 2570 | -<ol> |
| 2571 | -<li title="expected_result">You can insert various shapes without problems.</li> |
| 2572 | -</ol> |
| 2573 | -<li title="action"> Using Edit - Undo different steps to reverse. Position using Edit - Redo restores previously deleted items.</li> |
| 2574 | -<ol> |
| 2575 | -<li title="expected_result">You can undo steps previously made. The Edit dialog shows the undo steps correctly translated. Even the restoration works without difficulty and is displayed correctly under Edit.</li> |
| 2576 | -</ol> |
| 2577 | -<li title="action"> Save the drawing as an ODF file (in. Odg) from.</li> |
| 2578 | -<ol> |
| 2579 | -<li title="expected_result">The Save As dialog opens and lets you save the document.</li> |
| 2580 | -</ol> |
| 2581 | -<li title="action"> Open the saved document.</li> |
| 2582 | -<ol> |
| 2583 | -<li title="expected_result">Can the document be opened again after closing properly?</li> |
| 2584 | -</ol> |
| 2585 | -</ol> |
| 2586 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-016 |
| 2587 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Writer can convert Word documents to ODF |
| 2588 | -<ol> |
| 2589 | -<li title="action"> Open a Word document format .doc or .docx and save it in ODF format.</li> |
| 2590 | -<ol> |
| 2591 | -<li title="expected_result">The file can be opened and saved correctly in the revised format.</li> |
| 2592 | -</ol> |
| 2593 | -<li title="action"> Then open the document again.</li> |
| 2594 | -<ol> |
| 2595 | -<li title="expected_result">After the closing and opening, do the contents look the same in the different file formats?</li> |
| 2596 | -</ol> |
| 2597 | -</ol> |
| 2598 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-017 |
| 2599 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Writer can convert ODF to Word files |
| 2600 | -<ol> |
| 2601 | -<li title="action"> Open an ODF file and save it as .doc file format.</li> |
| 2602 | -<ol> |
| 2603 | -<li title="expected_result">Can the file be opened and saved in the revised format? You will see a warning message regarding the revised format, is the warning message translated into your language? After closing and reopening, do the contents remain the same?</li> |
| 2604 | -</ol> |
| 2605 | -</ol> |
| 2606 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-018 |
| 2607 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Writer can export to PDF |
| 2608 | -<ol> |
| 2609 | -<li title="action"> Open an ODF file and export is as PDF file format via menu "File - Export as PDF...". Change the tab "General" setting to "PDF/A-1a".</li> |
| 2610 | -<ol> |
| 2611 | -<li title="expected_result">This will open the PDF Options dialog. The required settings can be made, the file can be exported.</li> |
| 2612 | -</ol> |
| 2613 | -<li title="action"> Open the exported file in one (or more) PDF viewer(s).</li> |
| 2614 | -<ol> |
| 2615 | -<li title="expected_result">Can the exported file be opened in your PDF viewer? Does it appear properly?</li> |
| 2616 | -</ol> |
| 2617 | -</ol> |
| 2618 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-019 |
| 2619 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Calc can display Word files correctly |
| 2620 | -<ol> |
| 2621 | -<li title="action"> Open a Word document (in. Docx or. Doc) written in your own language character</li> |
| 2622 | -<ol> |
| 2623 | -<li title="expected_result">Can the file be opened in the revised format, in which the contents look the same as you expected?</li> |
| 2624 | -</ol> |
| 2625 | -</ol> |
| 2626 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-020 |
| 2627 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Writer can open and save ODF files in revised format |
| 2628 | -<ol> |
| 2629 | -<li title="action"> Open an ODF file and save it as .doc .docx file formats.</li> |
| 2630 | -<ol> |
| 2631 | -<li title="expected_result">Can the file be opened and saved in the revised format? You will see a warning message regarding the revised format, is the warning message translated into your language? After closing and reopening, do the contents remain the same?</li> |
| 2632 | -</ol> |
| 2633 | -</ol> |
| 2634 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-021 |
| 2635 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Writer can export to PDF/A-1a |
| 2636 | -<ol> |
| 2637 | -<li title="action"> Open an ODF file and export is as PDF file format via menu "File - Export as PDF...". Change the tab "General" setting to "PDF/A-1a".</li> |
| 2638 | -<ol> |
| 2639 | -<li title="expected_result">This will open the PDF Options dialog. The required settings can be made, the file can be exported.</li> |
| 2640 | -</ol> |
| 2641 | -<li title="action"> Open the exported file in one (or more) PDF viewer(s).</li> |
| 2642 | -<ol> |
| 2643 | -<li title="expected_result">Can the exported file be opened in your PDF viewer? For the exported file using the second method, does it also display properly in a PDF viewer?</li> |
| 2644 | -</ol> |
| 2645 | -</ol> |
| 2646 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-022 |
| 2647 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Calc can be convert Excel files to ODF format |
| 2648 | -<ol> |
| 2649 | -<li title="action"> Open a document in Excel format (.xls or .xlsx) and save it in ODF format.</li> |
| 2650 | -<ol> |
| 2651 | -<li title="expected_result">The file can be opened and saved in the revised format.</li> |
| 2652 | -</ol> |
| 2653 | -<li title="action"> Then reopen the document.</li> |
| 2654 | -<ol> |
| 2655 | -<li title="expected_result">After closing and reopening do the contents remain the same?</li> |
| 2656 | -</ol> |
| 2657 | -</ol> |
| 2658 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-023 |
| 2659 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Calc can be convert ODF to Excel format |
| 2660 | -<ol> |
| 2661 | -<li title="action"> Open an ODF file and save it as .xls file format.</li> |
| 2662 | -<ol> |
| 2663 | -<li title="expected_result">Can the file be opened and saved in the revised format? You will see a warning message regarding the revised format, is the warning message translated into your language? After closing and reopening, do the contents remain the same?</li> |
| 2664 | -</ol> |
| 2665 | -</ol> |
| 2666 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-024 |
| 2667 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Calc can be export to PDF/A-1a format |
| 2668 | -<ol> |
| 2669 | -<li title="action"> Open an ODF file and export is as PDF file format via menu "File - Export as PDF...". Change the tab "General" setting to "PDF/A-1a".</li> |
| 2670 | -<ol> |
| 2671 | -<li title="expected_result">This will open the PDF Options dialog. The required settings can be made, the file can be exported.</li> |
| 2672 | -</ol> |
| 2673 | -<li title="action"> Open the exported file in one (or more) PDF viewer(s).</li> |
| 2674 | -<ol> |
| 2675 | -<li title="expected_result">Can the exported file be opened in your PDF viewer? For the exported file using the second method, does it also display properly in a PDF viewer?</li> |
| 2676 | -</ol> |
| 2677 | -</ol> |
| 2678 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-025 |
| 2679 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Calc can be copy and paste contents |
| 2680 | -<ol> |
| 2681 | -<li title="action"> Download the attachment: https://bugs.freedesktop.org/attachment.cgi?id=52470</li> |
| 2682 | -<li title="action"> Open the attached test data source.ods</li> |
| 2683 | -<li title="action"> Select the chart in Sheet1 and 'Edit' - 'Copy'</li> |
| 2684 | -<li title="action"> Create a new spreadsheet file</li> |
| 2685 | -<li title="action"> 'Edit' - 'Paste' (vp.1)</li> |
| 2686 | -<ol> |
| 2687 | -<li title="expected_result">The chart can be pasted without problem</li> |
| 2688 | -</ol> |
| 2689 | -<li title="action"> Double click the pasted chart (vp.2)</li> |
| 2690 | -<ol> |
| 2691 | -<li title="expected_result">Can you get into the edit mode without data loss?</li> |
| 2692 | -</ol> |
| 2693 | -</ol> |
| 2694 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-026 |
| 2695 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Calc can be open and save Excel documents |
| 2696 | -<ol> |
| 2697 | -<li title="action"> Open an Excel document containing special characters in your own language (in. xls or. xlsx).</li> |
| 2698 | -<ol> |
| 2699 | -<li title="expected_result">The document opens.</li> |
| 2700 | -</ol> |
| 2701 | -<li title="action"> Save it as ODF file (in. Ods) from.</li> |
| 2702 | -<ol> |
| 2703 | -<li title="expected_result">The document can be saved in the changed format.</li> |
| 2704 | -</ol> |
| 2705 | -<li title="action"> Open the document again.</li> |
| 2706 | -<ol> |
| 2707 | -<li title="expected_result">After closing and reopening does the content looks the same?</li> |
| 2708 | -</ol> |
| 2709 | -</ol> |
| 2710 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-027 |
| 2711 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Calc can be open and save documents in revised format |
| 2712 | -<ol> |
| 2713 | -<li title="action"> Open an ODF file and save it as .xls file format.</li> |
| 2714 | -<ol> |
| 2715 | -<li title="expected_result">Can the file be opened and saved in the revised format? You will see a warning message regarding the revised format, is the warning message translated into your language? After closing and reopening, do the contents remain the same?</li> |
| 2716 | -</ol> |
| 2717 | -</ol> |
| 2718 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-028 |
| 2719 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Impress can export to PDF |
| 2720 | -<ol> |
| 2721 | -<li title="action"> Open an ODF file and export is as PDF file format via menu "File - Export as PDF...". Change the tab "General" setting to "PDF/A-1a".</li> |
| 2722 | -<ol> |
| 2723 | -<li title="expected_result">This will open the PDF Options dialog. The required settings can be made, the file can be exported.</li> |
| 2724 | -</ol> |
| 2725 | -<li title="action"> Open the exported file in one (or more) PDF viewer(s).</li> |
| 2726 | -<ol> |
| 2727 | -<li title="expected_result">Can the exported file be opened in your PDF viewer? For the exported file using the second method, does it also display properly in a PDF viewer?</li> |
| 2728 | -</ol> |
| 2729 | -</ol> |
| 2730 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-029 |
| 2731 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Impress can open and save Powerpoint files |
| 2732 | -<ol> |
| 2733 | -<li title="action"> Open an MS .ppt file format in your language (containing special characters in your language)</li> |
| 2734 | -<ol> |
| 2735 | -<li title="expected_result">The PowerPoint file should open correctly in LibreOffice.</li> |
| 2736 | -</ol> |
| 2737 | -<ol> |
| 2738 | -<li title="expected_result">The layout, the display of characters, bullets and numbering should display correctly.</li> |
| 2739 | -</ol> |
| 2740 | -<li title="action"> Save to OpenDocument file format (.odp)</li> |
| 2741 | -<ol> |
| 2742 | -<li title="expected_result">File should be saved without problem and reopened the same way.</li> |
| 2743 | -</ol> |
| 2744 | -<li title="action"> Reopen the document.</li> |
| 2745 | -<ol> |
| 2746 | -<li title="expected_result">Is the content not altered?</li> |
| 2747 | -</ol> |
| 2748 | -</ol> |
| 2749 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-030 |
| 2750 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Impress can convert ODF to Powerpoint |
| 2751 | -<ol> |
| 2752 | -<li title="action"> Open an OpenDocument presentation (.odp) file containing special characters in your language</li> |
| 2753 | -<ol> |
| 2754 | -<li title="expected_result">The file should save correctly.</li> |
| 2755 | -</ol> |
| 2756 | -<li title="action"> Save the file to MS PowerPoint (.ppt) file format.</li> |
| 2757 | -<ol> |
| 2758 | -<li title="expected_result">When reopening the file, the content should display correctly in PowerPoint application or the viewer.</li> |
| 2759 | -</ol> |
| 2760 | -<li title="action"> Reopen the file in PowerPoint or in PowerPoint viewer.</li> |
| 2761 | -<ol> |
| 2762 | -<li title="expected_result">Is the content not altered?</li> |
| 2763 | -</ol> |
| 2764 | -</ol> |
| 2765 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-031 |
| 2766 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Impress can convert Powerpoint to ODF |
| 2767 | -<ol> |
| 2768 | -<li title="action"> Open an MS .ppt file format in your language (containing special characters in your language)</li> |
| 2769 | -<ol> |
| 2770 | -<li title="expected_result">The PowerPoint file should open correctly in LibreOffice; The layout, the display of characters, bullets and numbering should display correctly.</li> |
| 2771 | -</ol> |
| 2772 | -<li title="action"> Save to OpenDocument file format (.odp)</li> |
| 2773 | -<ol> |
| 2774 | -<li title="expected_result">File should be saved without problem and reopened the same way.</li> |
| 2775 | -</ol> |
| 2776 | -<li title="action"> Reopen the document.</li> |
| 2777 | -<ol> |
| 2778 | -<li title="expected_result">IS the content not altered?</li> |
| 2779 | -</ol> |
| 2780 | -</ol> |
| 2781 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-032 |
| 2782 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Base can create new tables |
| 2783 | -<ol> |
| 2784 | -<li title="action"> Click on the Table icon in the database panel.</li> |
| 2785 | -<li title="action"> Click on [Create a table in Design mode...' in the [Tasks' panel.</li> |
| 2786 | -<li title="action"> Enter the name, address and telephone number as field names.</li> |
| 2787 | -<li title="action"> Call this table "Table1" as a reference for the following tests.</li> |
| 2788 | -<li title="action"> Click on the [Save' icon - enter the table name (containing special characters) - click on Yes to create a primary key.</li> |
| 2789 | -<li title="action"> Click [Index Design' - Click on Close.</li> |
| 2790 | -<li title="action"> Close the window.</li> |
| 2791 | -<ol> |
| 2792 | -<li title="expected_result">Is the table created without any error?</li> |
| 2793 | -</ol> |
| 2794 | -</ol> |
| 2795 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-033 |
| 2796 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Base can open created tables |
| 2797 | -<ol> |
| 2798 | -<li title="action"> Double click on the icon for the database table created during the Base-1 test</li> |
| 2799 | -<li title="action"> Enter several records containing special characters in your language and click on the "Save the current record" icon.</li> |
| 2800 | -<ol> |
| 2801 | -<li title="expected_result">Do all the strings display correctly and specially those containing special characters?</li> |
| 2802 | -</ol> |
| 2803 | -</ol> |
| 2804 | -Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-034 |
| 2805 | -This test will check that LibreOffice Base can export to PDF |
| 2806 | -<ol> |
| 2807 | -<li title="action"> Open an ODF document (in. Odg) and export this as PDF file:</li> |
| 2808 | -<li title="action"> Over the symbol "Direct Export as PDF"</li> |
| 2809 | -<ol> |
| 2810 | -<li title="expected_result">This opens the Export dialog. The document can be exported.</li> |
| 2811 | -</ol> |
| 2812 | -<li title="action"> On the menu item "File - Export as PDF ...". Change the tab "General" setting on "PDF/A-1a".</li> |
| 2813 | -<ol> |
| 2814 | -<li title="expected_result">It will open the PDF Options dialog. the desired Settings can be made, the file can be exported. The message that the document is displayed in PDF / A mode.</li> |
| 2815 | -</ol> |
| 2816 | -<li title="action"> Open the exported file in one (or more) PDF viewer (s).</li> |
| 2817 | -<ol> |
| 2818 | -<li title="expected_result">Can the exported file be opened in PDF viewer?</li> |
| 2819 | -</ol> |
| 2820 | -</ol> |
| 2821 | -<strong> |
| 2822 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 2823 | +<dl> |
| 2824 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Calc can be started |
| 2825 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch LibreOffice Calc by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘calc’</dt> |
| 2826 | + <dd>Did LibreOffice Calc launch?</dd> |
| 2827 | +</dl> |
| 2828 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-002 |
| 2829 | +<dl> |
| 2830 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Impress can be started |
| 2831 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch LibreOffice Impress by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘impress’</dt> |
| 2832 | + <dd>Did LibreOffice Impress launch?</dd> |
| 2833 | +</dl> |
| 2834 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-003 |
| 2835 | +<dl> |
| 2836 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Math can be started |
| 2837 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch LibreOffice equation editor by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘math’</dt> |
| 2838 | + <dd>Did LibreOffice Math launch?</dd> |
| 2839 | +</dl> |
| 2840 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-004 |
| 2841 | +<dl> |
| 2842 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Writer can be started |
| 2843 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch LibreOffice Writer by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘writer’</dt> |
| 2844 | + <dd>Did LibreOffice Writer launch?</dd> |
| 2845 | +</dl> |
| 2846 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-005 |
| 2847 | +<dl> |
| 2848 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Draw can be started |
| 2849 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch LibreOffice Draw by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘draw’</dt> |
| 2850 | + <dd>Did LibreOffice Draw launch?</dd> |
| 2851 | +</dl> |
| 2852 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-006 |
| 2853 | +<dl> |
| 2854 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Writer can open and save ODF files |
| 2855 | + <dt> Open a new text document</dt> |
| 2856 | + <dd>A new unnamed text document appears.</dd> |
| 2857 | + <dt> Add text and save it in ODF format</dt> |
| 2858 | + <dd>After inserting some text, the "Save" icon is enabled.</dd> |
| 2859 | + <dt> Open the saved file again.</dt> |
| 2860 | + <dd>The save dialog lets you save the file.</dd> |
| 2861 | + <dt> Close the file and open the saved file again</dt> |
| 2862 | + <dd>Can the file be opened again after closing properly?</dd> |
| 2863 | +</dl> |
| 2864 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-007 |
| 2865 | +<dl> |
| 2866 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Writer can check spelling |
| 2867 | + <dt> Download the test document: http://cgit.freedesktop.org/libreoffice/contrib/test-files/plain/writer/litmus/language-test-en.odt</dt> |
| 2868 | + <dt> Open the test file with libreoffice</dt> |
| 2869 | + <dd>There are Red and Blue wave lines under mispelt words and those containing grammar mistake over the whole document.</dd> |
| 2870 | + <dt> Press F7</dt> |
| 2871 | + <dd>The window titled with "Spellling and Grammar: [Language'" pops up; In the spell and grammar check window, the "Text language" is set to the same of document language type; All buttons are availble to click; There should be some suggestion words in the suggestions list.</dd> |
| 2872 | + <dt> Select a word from the suggestion list and press "Change" button</dt> |
| 2873 | + <dd>The word in the document is replaced with the one you selected from the suggestion list, and it should be no longer marked with a red wave line in the document.</dd> |
| 2874 | + <dt> Press Change many times to get through the entire document</dt> |
| 2875 | + <dd>Did all the correction of misspelling and grammar mistakes work smoothly and finally after the overall change did the entire document no longer contain wave lines any more?</dd> |
| 2876 | +</dl> |
| 2877 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-008 |
| 2878 | +<dl> |
| 2879 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Writer can hypenate words |
| 2880 | + <dt> Download the test document: http://cgit.freedesktop.org/libreoffice/contrib/test-files/plain/writer/litmus/language-test-en.odt?id=2bdb4b89359632865b359435b20807b9fbc0889f</dt> |
| 2881 | + <dt> Open the test file with libreoffice</dt> |
| 2882 | + <dt> Select from menu Tools-Language-Hyphenation...</dt> |
| 2883 | + <dd>The hyphenation dialog should pop up</dd> |
| 2884 | + <dt> Press button in the dialog "Hyphenate"</dt> |
| 2885 | + <dd>The corresponding word is split across two lines seprated by a hyphen. Next word to be hyphenized is shown in the dialog box.</dd> |
| 2886 | + <dt> Press button in the dialog "Skip"</dt> |
| 2887 | + <dd>The corresponding word should not be split across two lines.</dd> |
| 2888 | + <dt> Press "Hyphenate" several times until the check finished</dt> |
| 2889 | + <dt> Select from menu Tools-Language-Hyphenation...</dt> |
| 2890 | + <dt> Press button "Remove" several times until the check finished</dt> |
| 2891 | + <dd>All of the hyphenated words are changed back without hyphens</dd> |
| 2892 | + <dt> Select from menu Tools-Language-Hyphenation...</dt> |
| 2893 | + <dt> Press button in the dialog "Hyphenate All"</dt> |
| 2894 | + <dd>Did all words needing to be hyphenated, split by hyphens at one time?</dd> |
| 2895 | +</dl> |
| 2896 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-009 |
| 2897 | +<dl> |
| 2898 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Calc can save and open files |
| 2899 | + <dt> Open a new Calc document.</dt> |
| 2900 | + <dd>A new blank spreadsheet is opened.</dd> |
| 2901 | + <dt> Add numeric values, date values, calculations, cell references, different formatting.</dt> |
| 2902 | + <dd>After editing the first cell, the "Save" icon is available.</dd> |
| 2903 | + <dt> Add content in your language, specially characters and formatting typical of your language.</dt> |
| 2904 | + <dd>The "Save" dialog lets you save the file.</dd> |
| 2905 | + <dt> Test and save it in ODF format.</dt> |
| 2906 | + <dt> Open the saved file again.</dt> |
| 2907 | + <dd>Can the file be opened properly again after closing?</dd> |
| 2908 | +</dl> |
| 2909 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-010 |
| 2910 | +<dl> |
| 2911 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Impress can display special characters |
| 2912 | + <dt> Open a OpenDocument presentation (.odp) file containing special characters in your language</dt> |
| 2913 | + <dd>The presentation (OpenDocument and PowerPoint) should run as an on-screen presentation, displaying all the pages with transitions and animations.</dd> |
| 2914 | + <dt> Choose Presentation-Presentation.</dt> |
| 2915 | + <dd>Special characters in your language should display correctly</dd> |
| 2916 | + <dt> Do the same with an MS PowerPoint file.</dt> |
| 2917 | + <dd>Was the content not altered?</dd> |
| 2918 | +</dl> |
| 2919 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-011 |
| 2920 | +<dl> |
| 2921 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Base can create new databases |
| 2922 | + <dt> Open a new database file (New - Database) and check [Create a database' then click on Next button.</dt> |
| 2923 | + <dd>The database wizard open: all strings in the dialog box and window are correctly localized.</dd> |
| 2924 | + <dt> Check [Yes, I want the wizard to register the database' and [Open the database for edition' and click on Finish.</dt> |
| 2925 | + <dt> Enter a name for the database (using special characters in your language) in the dialog box and click OK.</dt> |
| 2926 | + <dd>Does the database application appear?</dd> |
| 2927 | +</dl> |
| 2928 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-012 |
| 2929 | +<dl> |
| 2930 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Base can create new tables and fields |
| 2931 | + <dt> Click on the Table icon in the database panel.</dt> |
| 2932 | + <dt> Click on [Create a table in Design mode...' in the [Tasks' panel.</dt> |
| 2933 | + <dt> Enter the name, address and telephone number as field names.</dt> |
| 2934 | + <dt> Call this table "Table1" as a reference for the following tests.</dt> |
| 2935 | + <dt> Click on the [Save' icon - enter the table name (containing special characters) - click on Yes to create a primary key.</dt> |
| 2936 | + <dt> Click [Index Design' - Click on Close.</dt> |
| 2937 | + <dt> Close the window.</dt> |
| 2938 | + <dd>Is Table1 properly created? Did the designer work without error?</dd> |
| 2939 | +</dl> |
| 2940 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-013 |
| 2941 | +<dl> |
| 2942 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Math can create new formulas |
| 2943 | + <dt> Call the menu 'File - New - Formula' the formula editor.</dt> |
| 2944 | + <dd>Is the module called and two parts (formula and input window) displayed and are all menu items, tool tips and context menus translated?</dd> |
| 2945 | +</dl> |
| 2946 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-014 |
| 2947 | +<dl> |
| 2948 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Math can save and open formulas |
| 2949 | + <dt> Enter different formula values, for example: lllint from{1} to{x} (1 over sum from {k > j} (d_(j)+arccot(nroot{32 }X^{11})))+1</dt> |
| 2950 | + <dd>There should be a mathematical formula in Math.</dd> |
| 2951 | + <dt> Click in the upper window in the formula.</dt> |
| 2952 | + <dd>The cursor goes to the input window when the Formula window, the individual sections of the formula are marked.</dd> |
| 2953 | + <dt> Save the formula from.</dt> |
| 2954 | + <dd>The formula is saved, the editor closes.</dd> |
| 2955 | + <dt> Complete the formula and open it again.</dt> |
| 2956 | + <dd>Can the formula be opened once?</dd> |
| 2957 | +</dl> |
| 2958 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-015 |
| 2959 | +<dl> |
| 2960 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Draw can open and save files |
| 2961 | + <dt> Open a new Draw document.</dt> |
| 2962 | + <dd>A new file is opened.</dd> |
| 2963 | + <dt> Add a few different forms, including text boxes, font, etc. Work</dt> |
| 2964 | + <dd>You can insert various shapes without problems.</dd> |
| 2965 | + <dt> Using Edit - Undo different steps to reverse. Position using Edit - Redo restores previously deleted items.</dt> |
| 2966 | + <dd>You can undo steps previously made. The Edit dialog shows the undo steps correctly translated. Even the restoration works without difficulty and is displayed correctly under Edit.</dd> |
| 2967 | + <dt> Save the drawing as an ODF file (in. Odg) from.</dt> |
| 2968 | + <dd>The Save As dialog opens and lets you save the document.</dd> |
| 2969 | + <dt> Open the saved document.</dt> |
| 2970 | + <dd>Can the document be opened again after closing properly?</dd> |
| 2971 | +</dl> |
| 2972 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-016 |
| 2973 | +<dl> |
| 2974 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Writer can convert Word documents to ODF |
| 2975 | + <dt> Open a Word document format .doc or .docx and save it in ODF format.</dt> |
| 2976 | + <dd>The file can be opened and saved correctly in the revised format.</dd> |
| 2977 | + <dt> Then open the document again.</dt> |
| 2978 | + <dd>After the closing and opening, do the contents look the same in the different file formats?</dd> |
| 2979 | +</dl> |
| 2980 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-017 |
| 2981 | +<dl> |
| 2982 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Writer can convert ODF to Word files |
| 2983 | + <dt> Open an ODF file and save it as .doc file format.</dt> |
| 2984 | + <dd>Can the file be opened and saved in the revised format? You will see a warning message regarding the revised format, is the warning message translated into your language? After closing and reopening, do the contents remain the same?</dd> |
| 2985 | +</dl> |
| 2986 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-018 |
| 2987 | +<dl> |
| 2988 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Writer can export to PDF |
| 2989 | + <dt> Open an ODF file and export is as PDF file format via menu "File - Export as PDF...". Change the tab "General" setting to "PDF/A-1a".</dt> |
| 2990 | + <dd>This will open the PDF Options dialog. The required settings can be made, the file can be exported.</dd> |
| 2991 | + <dt> Open the exported file in one (or more) PDF viewer(s).</dt> |
| 2992 | + <dd>Can the exported file be opened in your PDF viewer? Does it appear properly?</dd> |
| 2993 | +</dl> |
| 2994 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-019 |
| 2995 | +<dl> |
| 2996 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Calc can display Word files correctly |
| 2997 | + <dt> Open a Word document (in. Docx or. Doc) written in your own language character</dt> |
| 2998 | + <dd>Can the file be opened in the revised format, in which the contents look the same as you expected?</dd> |
| 2999 | +</dl> |
| 3000 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-020 |
| 3001 | +<dl> |
| 3002 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Writer can open and save ODF files in revised format |
| 3003 | + <dt> Open an ODF file and save it as .doc .docx file formats.</dt> |
| 3004 | + <dd>Can the file be opened and saved in the revised format? You will see a warning message regarding the revised format, is the warning message translated into your language? After closing and reopening, do the contents remain the same?</dd> |
| 3005 | +</dl> |
| 3006 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-021 |
| 3007 | +<dl> |
| 3008 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Writer can export to PDF/A-1a |
| 3009 | + <dt> Open an ODF file and export is as PDF file format via menu "File - Export as PDF...". Change the tab "General" setting to "PDF/A-1a".</dt> |
| 3010 | + <dd>This will open the PDF Options dialog. The required settings can be made, the file can be exported.</dd> |
| 3011 | + <dt> Open the exported file in one (or more) PDF viewer(s).</dt> |
| 3012 | + <dd>Can the exported file be opened in your PDF viewer? For the exported file using the second method, does it also display properly in a PDF viewer?</dd> |
| 3013 | +</dl> |
| 3014 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-022 |
| 3015 | +<dl> |
| 3016 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Calc can be convert Excel files to ODF format |
| 3017 | + <dt> Open a document in Excel format (.xls or .xlsx) and save it in ODF format.</dt> |
| 3018 | + <dd>The file can be opened and saved in the revised format.</dd> |
| 3019 | + <dt> Then reopen the document.</dt> |
| 3020 | + <dd>After closing and reopening do the contents remain the same?</dd> |
| 3021 | +</dl> |
| 3022 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-023 |
| 3023 | +<dl> |
| 3024 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Calc can be convert ODF to Excel format |
| 3025 | + <dt> Open an ODF file and save it as .xls file format.</dt> |
| 3026 | + <dd>Can the file be opened and saved in the revised format? You will see a warning message regarding the revised format, is the warning message translated into your language? After closing and reopening, do the contents remain the same?</dd> |
| 3027 | +</dl> |
| 3028 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-024 |
| 3029 | +<dl> |
| 3030 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Calc can be export to PDF/A-1a format |
| 3031 | + <dt> Open an ODF file and export is as PDF file format via menu "File - Export as PDF...". Change the tab "General" setting to "PDF/A-1a".</dt> |
| 3032 | + <dd>This will open the PDF Options dialog. The required settings can be made, the file can be exported.</dd> |
| 3033 | + <dt> Open the exported file in one (or more) PDF viewer(s).</dt> |
| 3034 | + <dd>Can the exported file be opened in your PDF viewer? For the exported file using the second method, does it also display properly in a PDF viewer?</dd> |
| 3035 | +</dl> |
| 3036 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-025 |
| 3037 | +<dl> |
| 3038 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Calc can be copy and paste contents |
| 3039 | + <dt> Download the attachment: https://bugs.freedesktop.org/attachment.cgi?id=52470</dt> |
| 3040 | + <dt> Open the attached test data source.ods</dt> |
| 3041 | + <dt> Select the chart in Sheet1 and 'Edit' - 'Copy'</dt> |
| 3042 | + <dt> Create a new spreadsheet file</dt> |
| 3043 | + <dt> 'Edit' - 'Paste' (vp.1)</dt> |
| 3044 | + <dd>The chart can be pasted without problem</dd> |
| 3045 | + <dt> Double click the pasted chart (vp.2)</dt> |
| 3046 | + <dd>Can you get into the edit mode without data loss?</dd> |
| 3047 | +</dl> |
| 3048 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-026 |
| 3049 | +<dl> |
| 3050 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Calc can be open and save Excel documents |
| 3051 | + <dt> Open an Excel document containing special characters in your own language (in. xls or. xlsx).</dt> |
| 3052 | + <dd>The document opens.</dd> |
| 3053 | + <dt> Save it as ODF file (in. Ods) from.</dt> |
| 3054 | + <dd>The document can be saved in the changed format.</dd> |
| 3055 | + <dt> Open the document again.</dt> |
| 3056 | + <dd>After closing and reopening does the content looks the same?</dd> |
| 3057 | +</dl> |
| 3058 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-027 |
| 3059 | +<dl> |
| 3060 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Calc can be open and save documents in revised format |
| 3061 | + <dt> Open an ODF file and save it as .xls file format.</dt> |
| 3062 | + <dd>Can the file be opened and saved in the revised format? You will see a warning message regarding the revised format, is the warning message translated into your language? After closing and reopening, do the contents remain the same?</dd> |
| 3063 | +</dl> |
| 3064 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-028 |
| 3065 | +<dl> |
| 3066 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Impress can export to PDF |
| 3067 | + <dt> Open an ODF file and export is as PDF file format via menu "File - Export as PDF...". Change the tab "General" setting to "PDF/A-1a".</dt> |
| 3068 | + <dd>This will open the PDF Options dialog. The required settings can be made, the file can be exported.</dd> |
| 3069 | + <dt> Open the exported file in one (or more) PDF viewer(s).</dt> |
| 3070 | + <dd>Can the exported file be opened in your PDF viewer? For the exported file using the second method, does it also display properly in a PDF viewer?</dd> |
| 3071 | +</dl> |
| 3072 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-029 |
| 3073 | +<dl> |
| 3074 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Impress can open and save Powerpoint files |
| 3075 | + <dt> Open an MS .ppt file format in your language (containing special characters in your language)</dt> |
| 3076 | + <dd>The PowerPoint file should open correctly in LibreOffice.</dd> |
| 3077 | + <dd>The layout, the display of characters, bullets and numbering should display correctly.</dd> |
| 3078 | + <dt> Save to OpenDocument file format (.odp)</dt> |
| 3079 | + <dd>File should be saved without problem and reopened the same way.</dd> |
| 3080 | + <dt> Reopen the document.</dt> |
| 3081 | + <dd>Is the content not altered?</dd> |
| 3082 | +</dl> |
| 3083 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-030 |
| 3084 | +<dl> |
| 3085 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Impress can convert ODF to Powerpoint |
| 3086 | + <dt> Open an OpenDocument presentation (.odp) file containing special characters in your language</dt> |
| 3087 | + <dd>The file should save correctly.</dd> |
| 3088 | + <dt> Save the file to MS PowerPoint (.ppt) file format.</dt> |
| 3089 | + <dd>When reopening the file, the content should display correctly in PowerPoint application or the viewer.</dd> |
| 3090 | + <dt> Reopen the file in PowerPoint or in PowerPoint viewer.</dt> |
| 3091 | + <dd>Is the content not altered?</dd> |
| 3092 | +</dl> |
| 3093 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-031 |
| 3094 | +<dl> |
| 3095 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Impress can convert Powerpoint to ODF |
| 3096 | + <dt> Open an MS .ppt file format in your language (containing special characters in your language)</dt> |
| 3097 | + <dd>The PowerPoint file should open correctly in LibreOffice; The layout, the display of characters, bullets and numbering should display correctly.</dd> |
| 3098 | + <dt> Save to OpenDocument file format (.odp)</dt> |
| 3099 | + <dd>File should be saved without problem and reopened the same way.</dd> |
| 3100 | + <dt> Reopen the document.</dt> |
| 3101 | + <dd>IS the content not altered?</dd> |
| 3102 | +</dl> |
| 3103 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-032 |
| 3104 | +<dl> |
| 3105 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Base can create new tables |
| 3106 | + <dt> Click on the Table icon in the database panel.</dt> |
| 3107 | + <dt> Click on [Create a table in Design mode...' in the [Tasks' panel.</dt> |
| 3108 | + <dt> Enter the name, address and telephone number as field names.</dt> |
| 3109 | + <dt> Call this table "Table1" as a reference for the following tests.</dt> |
| 3110 | + <dt> Click on the [Save' icon - enter the table name (containing special characters) - click on Yes to create a primary key.</dt> |
| 3111 | + <dt> Click [Index Design' - Click on Close.</dt> |
| 3112 | + <dt> Close the window.</dt> |
| 3113 | + <dd>Is the table created without any error?</dd> |
| 3114 | +</dl> |
| 3115 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-033 |
| 3116 | +<dl> |
| 3117 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Base can open created tables |
| 3118 | + <dt> Double click on the icon for the database table created during the Base-1 test</dt> |
| 3119 | + <dt> Enter several records containing special characters in your language and click on the "Save the current record" icon.</dt> |
| 3120 | + <dd>Do all the strings display correctly and specially those containing special characters?</dd> |
| 3121 | +</dl> |
| 3122 | +Test-case name: libreoffice/lbc-034 |
| 3123 | +<dl> |
| 3124 | + This test will check that LibreOffice Base can export to PDF |
| 3125 | + <dt> Open an ODF document (in. Odg) and export this as PDF file:</dt> |
| 3126 | + <dt> Over the symbol "Direct Export as PDF"</dt> |
| 3127 | + <dd>This opens the Export dialog. The document can be exported.</dd> |
| 3128 | + <dt> On the menu item "File - Export as PDF ...". Change the tab "General" setting on "PDF/A-1a".</dt> |
| 3129 | + <dd>It will open the PDF Options dialog. the desired Settings can be made, the file can be exported. The message that the document is displayed in PDF / A mode.</dd> |
| 3130 | + <dt> Open the exported file in one (or more) PDF viewer (s).</dt> |
| 3131 | + <dd>Can the exported file be opened in PDF viewer?</dd> |
| 3132 | +</dl> |
| 3133 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 3134 | If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 3135 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 3136 | |
| 3137 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1424_Nautilus Tests' |
| 3138 | --- testcases/packages/1424_Nautilus Tests 2013-02-12 05:45:10 +0000 |
| 3139 | +++ testcases/packages/1424_Nautilus Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 3140 | @@ -1,311 +1,202 @@ |
| 3141 | Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-001 |
| 3142 | -This test will check that user can create files in Nautilus |
| 3143 | -<ol> |
| 3144 | -<li title="action"> Look for Terminal and launch it</li> |
| 3145 | -<ol> |
| 3146 | -<li title="expected_result">Terminal is opened</li> |
| 3147 | -</ol> |
| 3148 | -<li title="action"> Type touch "$HOME/Templates/Empty Document.txt"</li> |
| 3149 | -<ol> |
| 3150 | -<li title="expected_result">Terminal returns the prompt</li> |
| 3151 | -</ol> |
| 3152 | -<li title="action"> Look for Nautilus and launch it</li> |
| 3153 | -<ol> |
| 3154 | -<li title="expected_result">Nautilus is opened, Home is selected</li> |
| 3155 | -</ol> |
| 3156 | -<li title="action"> In Home folder right click on a blank section and select New Document, Empty Document. Name the resulting file 'moveme.txt'</li> |
| 3157 | -<ol> |
| 3158 | -<li title="expected_result">Empty document moveme.txt is created</li> |
| 3159 | -</ol> |
| 3160 | -<ol> |
| 3161 | -<li title="expected_result">Was the empty document moveme.txt created?</li> |
| 3162 | -</ol> |
| 3163 | -</ol> |
| 3164 | -Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-002 |
| 3165 | -<ol> |
| 3166 | -<li title="expected_result">depends: nautilus/TC-NFM-001</li> |
| 3167 | -</ol> |
| 3168 | -This test will check that user can create folders in Nautilus |
| 3169 | -<ol> |
| 3170 | -<li title="action"> In Home Folder right click on a blank section and select 'Create New Folder'.</li> |
| 3171 | -<ol> |
| 3172 | -<li title="expected_result">A folder named 'Untitled Folder' appears in the directory</li> |
| 3173 | -</ol> |
| 3174 | -<li title="action"> Rename the folder to 'test'</li> |
| 3175 | -<ol> |
| 3176 | -<li title="expected_result">Was the folders name changed to 'test'?</li> |
| 3177 | -</ol> |
| 3178 | -</ol> |
| 3179 | -Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-003 |
| 3180 | -<ol> |
| 3181 | -<li title="expected_result">depends: nautilus/TC-NFM-002</li> |
| 3182 | -</ol> |
| 3183 | -This test will check that user can move files to folders. |
| 3184 | -<ol> |
| 3185 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</li> |
| 3186 | -<li title="action"> Drag moveme.txt and drop into the folder test.</li> |
| 3187 | -<ol> |
| 3188 | -<li title="expected_result">Is the file moveme.txt now located in 'test' folder?</li> |
| 3189 | -</ol> |
| 3190 | -</ol> |
| 3191 | -Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-004 |
| 3192 | -<ol> |
| 3193 | -<li title="expected_result">depends: nautilus/TC-NFM-003</li> |
| 3194 | -</ol> |
| 3195 | -This test will check that user can delete files and folders to Trash |
| 3196 | -<ol> |
| 3197 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</li> |
| 3198 | -<li title="action"> Right click on 'test' folder and select Move to Trash</li> |
| 3199 | -<ol> |
| 3200 | -<li title="expected_result">test folder is removed. Trash folder icon is changed to Not empty</li> |
| 3201 | -</ol> |
| 3202 | -<li title="action"> Click the Trash Icon in the sidebar</li> |
| 3203 | -<ol> |
| 3204 | -<li title="expected_result">Does the Trash show the 'test' folder inside of it?</li> |
| 3205 | -</ol> |
| 3206 | -</ol> |
| 3207 | -Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-005 |
| 3208 | -<ol> |
| 3209 | -<li title="expected_result">depends: nautilus/TC-NFM-004</li> |
| 3210 | -</ol> |
| 3211 | -This test will check that user can recover delete files and folders from Trash |
| 3212 | -<ol> |
| 3213 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</li> |
| 3214 | -<li title="action"> Click the Trash Icon in the sidebar</li> |
| 3215 | -<ol> |
| 3216 | -<li title="expected_result">test folder is showed.</li> |
| 3217 | -</ol> |
| 3218 | -<li title="action"> Select 'test' folder and click 'Restore' in the top of the window</li> |
| 3219 | -<li title="action"> Click the Home Icon in the sidebar</li> |
| 3220 | -<ol> |
| 3221 | -<li title="expected_result">The 'test' folder was recovered successfully?</li> |
| 3222 | -</ol> |
| 3223 | -</ol> |
| 3224 | -Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-006 |
| 3225 | -<ol> |
| 3226 | -<li title="expected_result">depends: nautilus/TC-NFM-005</li> |
| 3227 | -</ol> |
| 3228 | -This test will check that the search functionality works |
| 3229 | -<ol> |
| 3230 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</li> |
| 3231 | -<li title="action"> Click the Search Icon in the top</li> |
| 3232 | -<li title="action"> Input 'test'</li> |
| 3233 | -<ol> |
| 3234 | -<li title="expected_result">the 'test' folder was shown?</li> |
| 3235 | -</ol> |
| 3236 | -</ol> |
| 3237 | -Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-007 |
| 3238 | -<ol> |
| 3239 | -<li title="expected_result">depends: nautilus/TC-NFM-005</li> |
| 3240 | -</ol> |
| 3241 | -This test will check the Recent functionality works |
| 3242 | -<ol> |
| 3243 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</li> |
| 3244 | -<li title="action"> Double click in the 'test' folder</li> |
| 3245 | -<li title="action"> Double click in the 'moveme.txt' file</li> |
| 3246 | -<ol> |
| 3247 | -<li title="expected_result">A black file should be shown in the Editor</li> |
| 3248 | -</ol> |
| 3249 | -<li title="action"> Close the Editor</li> |
| 3250 | -<ol> |
| 3251 | -<li title="expected_result">'moveme.txt' should be selected</li> |
| 3252 | -</ol> |
| 3253 | -<li title="action"> Click the Recent Icon in the sidebar</li> |
| 3254 | -<ol> |
| 3255 | -<li title="expected_result">The 'moveme.txt' file is shown?</li> |
| 3256 | -</ol> |
| 3257 | -</ol> |
| 3258 | -Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-008 |
| 3259 | -<ol> |
| 3260 | -<li title="expected_result">depends: nautilus/TC-NFM-007</li> |
| 3261 | -</ol> |
| 3262 | -This test will check the clean Recent functionality works |
| 3263 | -<ol> |
| 3264 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</li> |
| 3265 | -<li title="action"> Click the Recent Icon in the sidebar</li> |
| 3266 | -<ol> |
| 3267 | -<li title="expected_result">The 'moveme.txt' file is shown</li> |
| 3268 | -</ol> |
| 3269 | -<li title="action"> Select the file</li> |
| 3270 | -<li title="action"> Right click and select 'Delete'</li> |
| 3271 | -<ol> |
| 3272 | -<li title="expected_result">Recent place should be empty</li> |
| 3273 | -</ol> |
| 3274 | -<li title="action"> Click the Home Icon in the sidebar</li> |
| 3275 | -<li title="action"> Click the Recent Icon in the sidebar</li> |
| 3276 | -<ol> |
| 3277 | -<li title="expected_result">Is the 'moveme.txt' file gone?</li> |
| 3278 | -</ol> |
| 3279 | -</ol> |
| 3280 | -Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-009 |
| 3281 | -This test will check that the view modes works |
| 3282 | -<ol> |
| 3283 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</li> |
| 3284 | -<li title="action"> Click the List Icon in the top</li> |
| 3285 | -<ol> |
| 3286 | -<li title="expected_result">Items should be shown in a list</li> |
| 3287 | -</ol> |
| 3288 | -<li title="action"> Click the Grid Icon in the top</li> |
| 3289 | -<ol> |
| 3290 | -<li title="expected_result">Items are shown in a grid view?</li> |
| 3291 | -</ol> |
| 3292 | -</ol> |
| 3293 | -Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-010 |
| 3294 | -This test will check that user can connect to Samba shares and copy files from the share |
| 3295 | -<ol> |
| 3296 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have access to a samba share containing a file</li> |
| 3297 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</li> |
| 3298 | -<li title="action"> On a local network, press 'Browse Network' in Nautilus and later 'Windows Network'</li> |
| 3299 | -<ol> |
| 3300 | -<li title="expected_result">Default Share Group should be shown</li> |
| 3301 | -</ol> |
| 3302 | -<li title="action"> Press the Default Share Group and later 'DESKTOP'</li> |
| 3303 | -<ol> |
| 3304 | -<li title="expected_result">Shared directories are shown</li> |
| 3305 | -</ol> |
| 3306 | -<li title="action"> Select a document from the share, righ click on it and choose 'Copy', left click on the 'Documents' section, right click in a empty space and select 'Paste'</li> |
| 3307 | -<ol> |
| 3308 | -<li title="expected_result">File is copied from shared folder to user computer</li> |
| 3309 | -</ol> |
| 3310 | -<li title="action"> Open the copied document</li> |
| 3311 | -<ol> |
| 3312 | -<li title="expected_result">Did the copied file is open correctly, with it's contents the same as in the file on the share?</li> |
| 3313 | -</ol> |
| 3314 | -</ol> |
| 3315 | -Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-011 |
| 3316 | -This test will check that user can connect to the Samba share and copy files to the share |
| 3317 | -<ol> |
| 3318 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have access to a samba writable system</li> |
| 3319 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</li> |
| 3320 | -<li title="action"> Click the Home Icon in the sidebar and double click on 'Examples' and later on 'Ubuntu_Free_Culture_Showcase'</li> |
| 3321 | -<li title="action"> Select one file, right click on it and choose 'Copy' |
| 3322 | -<li title="action"> On a local network, press 'Browse Network' in Nautilus and later 'Windows Network'</li> |
| 3323 | -<ol> |
| 3324 | -<li title="expected_result">Default Share Group should be shown</li> |
| 3325 | -</ol> |
| 3326 | -<li title="action"> Press the Default Share Group and later 'DESKTOP'</li> |
| 3327 | -<ol> |
| 3328 | -<li title="expected_result">Shared directories are shown</li> |
| 3329 | -</ol> |
| 3330 | -<li title="action"> Double click on a Shared directory, right click on a blank section an select 'Paste'</li> |
| 3331 | -<ol> |
| 3332 | -<li title="expected_result">File is copied from the user computer to the shared folder</li> |
| 3333 | -</ol> |
| 3334 | -<li title="action"> Open the copied document on the share</li> |
| 3335 | -<ol> |
| 3336 | -<li title="expected_result">Did the copied file is open correctly, with it's contents the same as in the file on the share?</li> |
| 3337 | -</ol> |
| 3338 | -</ol> |
| 3339 | -Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-012 |
| 3340 | -<ol> |
| 3341 | -<li title="expected_result">depends: nautilus/TC-NFM-005</li> |
| 3342 | -</ol> |
| 3343 | -This test will check that user can share documents to another system using Samba |
| 3344 | -<ol> |
| 3345 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have access to an Internet connection</li> |
| 3346 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have access to an extern samba system</li> |
| 3347 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</li> |
| 3348 | -<li title="action"> Right click on the 'test' folder and select 'Sharing Options'</li> |
| 3349 | -<ol> |
| 3350 | -<li title="expected_result">A new window called 'Folder Sharing' is shown</li> |
| 3351 | -</ol> |
| 3352 | -<li title="action"> Enable the 'Share this folder' option</li> |
| 3353 | -<ol> |
| 3354 | -<li title="expected_result">A warning message is shown asking for installing the Sharing service</li> |
| 3355 | -</ol> |
| 3356 | -<li title="action"> Select install service</li> |
| 3357 | -<ol> |
| 3358 | -<li title="expected_result">A new window asking for installing additional software is shown</li> |
| 3359 | -</ol> |
| 3360 | -<li title="action"> Select 'Install'</li> |
| 3361 | -<ol> |
| 3362 | -<li title="expected_result">A window asking for authentication is shown</li> |
| 3363 | -</ol> |
| 3364 | -<li title="action"> Input your password</li> |
| 3365 | -<li title="action"> Select 'Authenticate'</li> |
| 3366 | -<ol> |
| 3367 | -<li title="expected_result">A new window will be shown 'Applying changes'</li> |
| 3368 | -<li title="expected_result">The new window will close itself and the previous window will take the focus</li> |
| 3369 | -</ol> |
| 3370 | -<li title="action"> Enable the 'Guest access' option</li> |
| 3371 | -<li title="action"> Select 'Create Share'</li> |
| 3372 | -<li title="action"> From an extern Samba | Windows system go to shares</li> |
| 3373 | -<ol> |
| 3374 | -<li title="expected_result">'test' folder is visible in the local network</li> |
| 3375 | -</ol> |
| 3376 | -<li title="action"> Double click on 'test' folder, right click on 'moveme.txt' file and select 'copy'</li> |
| 3377 | -<li title="action"> Go to the local drive of the extern system and paste 'moveme.txt' there</li> |
| 3378 | -<ol> |
| 3379 | -<li title="expected_result">is 'moveme.txt' pasted?</li> |
| 3380 | -<li title="expected_result">have the same content?</li> |
| 3381 | -</ol> |
| 3382 | -</ol> |
| 3383 | -Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-013 |
| 3384 | -This test will check that a mounted USB drive appears in Nautilus |
| 3385 | -<ol> |
| 3386 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have a USB drive available and the system under test has available USB ports.</li> |
| 3387 | -<li title="action"> Insert the USB drive into the USB port of the system under test</li> |
| 3388 | -<ol> |
| 3389 | -<li title="expected_result">A new window of Nautilus should be open with the contents of the USB</li> |
| 3390 | -<li title="expected_result">The 'Devices' section should show the USB drive that was just inserted.</li> |
| 3391 | -</ol> |
| 3392 | -<li title="action"> Click on 'Documents' and then right back to the USB drive entry in 'Devices' section</li> |
| 3393 | -<ol> |
| 3394 | -<li title="expected_result">Are the USB drive contents displayed?</li> |
| 3395 | -</ol> |
| 3396 | -</ol> |
| 3397 | -Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-014 |
| 3398 | -This test will check that 'Open' dialog appears when plugging in a music device |
| 3399 | -<ol> |
| 3400 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have a USB drive available that contains music files and system under test has available USB ports. In addition it is assumed the Removable Media settings are unchanged from default, and will 'Ask what to do' for all media types when inserted.</li> |
| 3401 | -<li title="action"> Insert the player into the USB port of the system under tests and wait for new dialog to appear</li> |
| 3402 | -<ol> |
| 3403 | -<li title="expected_result">'Open' dialog appears with 'Rhythmbox Music Player' application selected</li> |
| 3404 | -</ol> |
| 3405 | -<li title="action"> Click OK button in the dialog box</li> |
| 3406 | -<ol> |
| 3407 | -<li title="expected_result">Did Rhythmbox open with the Music Device displayed as a separate entry in the left panel tree?</li> |
| 3408 | -</ol> |
| 3409 | -</ol> |
| 3410 | -Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-015 |
| 3411 | -This test will check that 'Open' dialog appears when inserting a DVD |
| 3412 | -<ol> |
| 3413 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have a Video DVD available and system under test has DVD drive. Also ensure you have installed dvd playback support in ubuntu (if needed for DRM DVD). In addition it is assumed the Removable Media settings are unchanged from default, and will 'Ask what to do' for all media types when inserted.</li> |
| 3414 | -<li title="action"> Insert the DVD into the DVD drive of the system under tests and wait for new dialog to appear</li> |
| 3415 | -<ol> |
| 3416 | -<li title="expected_result">'Open' dialog appears with 'Movie Player (Totem)' application selected</li> |
| 3417 | -</ol> |
| 3418 | -<li title="action"> Click OK button in the dialog box</li> |
| 3419 | -<ol> |
| 3420 | -<li title="expected_result">Did DVD playback start in Totem?</li> |
| 3421 | -</ol> |
| 3422 | -</ol> |
| 3423 | -Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-016 |
| 3424 | -This test will check that 'Open' dialog appears on inserting an Audio CD |
| 3425 | -<ol> |
| 3426 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have an Audio CD available and system under test has CD drive. It is assumed the Removable Media settings are unchanged from default, and will 'Ask what to do' for all media types when inserted.</li> |
| 3427 | -<li title="action"> Insert the Audio CD into the CD drive of the system under tests and wait for new dialog to appear</li> |
| 3428 | -<ol> |
| 3429 | -<li title="expected_result">'Open' dialog appears with 'Rhythmbox Music Player' application selected</li> |
| 3430 | -</ol> |
| 3431 | -<li title="action"> Click OK button in the dialog box</li> |
| 3432 | -<ol> |
| 3433 | -<li title="expected_result">Did Rhythmbox open with the Audio CD displayed in left panel tree?</li> |
| 3434 | -</ol> |
| 3435 | -</ol> |
| 3436 | -Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-017 |
| 3437 | -This test will check that 'Open' dialog appears on inserting a camera |
| 3438 | -<ol> |
| 3439 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have a camera available and system under test has CD drive. It is assumed the Removable Media settings are unchanged from default, and will 'Ask what to do' for all media types when inserted.</li> |
| 3440 | -<li title="action"> Plug in the camera to the system under test and wait for new dialog to appear</li> |
| 3441 | -<ol> |
| 3442 | -<li title="expected_result">'Open' dialog appears with 'Shotwell' application selected</li> |
| 3443 | -</ol> |
| 3444 | -<li title="action"> Click OK button in the dialog box</li> |
| 3445 | -<ol> |
| 3446 | -<li title="expected_result">Did Shotwell open with the camera displayed in left panel tree?</li> |
| 3447 | -</ol> |
| 3448 | -</ol> |
| 3449 | -<strong> |
| 3450 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 3451 | -If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 3452 | +<dl> |
| 3453 | + This test will check that user can create files in Nautilus |
| 3454 | + <dt> Look for Terminal and launch it</dt> |
| 3455 | + <dd>Terminal is opened</dd> |
| 3456 | + <dt> Type touch "$HOME/Templates/Empty Document.txt"</dt> |
| 3457 | + <dd>Terminal returns the prompt</dd> |
| 3458 | + <dt> Look for Nautilus and launch it</dt> |
| 3459 | + <dd>Nautilus is opened, Home is selected</dd> |
| 3460 | + <dt> In Home folder right click on a blank section and select New Document, Empty Document. Name the resulting file 'moveme.txt'</dt> |
| 3461 | + <dd>Empty document moveme.txt is created</dd> |
| 3462 | + <dd>Was the empty document moveme.txt created?</dd> |
| 3463 | +</dl> |
| 3464 | +Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-002 |
| 3465 | +<dl> |
| 3466 | + depends: nautilus/TC-NFM-001 |
| 3467 | + This test will check that user can create folders in Nautilus |
| 3468 | + <dt> In Home Folder right click on a blank section and select 'Create New Folder'.</dt> |
| 3469 | + <dd>A folder named 'Untitled Folder' appears in the directory</dd> |
| 3470 | + <dt> Rename the folder to 'test'</dt> |
| 3471 | + <dd>Was the folders name changed to 'test'?</dd> |
| 3472 | +</dl> |
| 3473 | +Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-003 |
| 3474 | +<dl> |
| 3475 | + depends: nautilus/TC-NFM-002 |
| 3476 | + This test will check that user can move files to folders. |
| 3477 | + <dt> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</dt> |
| 3478 | + <dt> Drag moveme.txt and drop into the folder test.</dt> |
| 3479 | + <dd>Is the file moveme.txt now located in 'test' folder?</dd> |
| 3480 | +</dl> |
| 3481 | +Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-004 |
| 3482 | +<dl> |
| 3483 | + depends: nautilus/TC-NFM-003 |
| 3484 | + This test will check that user can delete files and folders to Trash |
| 3485 | + <dt> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</dt> |
| 3486 | + <dt> Right click on 'test' folder and select Move to Trash</dt> |
| 3487 | + <dd>test folder is removed. Trash folder icon is changed to Not empty</dd> |
| 3488 | + <dt> Click the Trash Icon in the sidebar</dt> |
| 3489 | + <dd>Does the Trash show the 'test' folder inside of it?</dd> |
| 3490 | +</dl> |
| 3491 | +Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-005 |
| 3492 | +<dl> |
| 3493 | + depends: nautilus/TC-NFM-004 |
| 3494 | + This test will check that user can recover delete files and folders from Trash |
| 3495 | + <dt> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</dt> |
| 3496 | + <dt> Click the Trash Icon in the sidebar</dt> |
| 3497 | + <dd>test folder is showed.</dd> |
| 3498 | + <dt> Select 'test' folder and click 'Restore' in the top of the window</dt> |
| 3499 | + <dt> Click the Home Icon in the sidebar</dt> |
| 3500 | + <dd>The 'test' folder was recovered successfully?</dd> |
| 3501 | +</dl> |
| 3502 | +Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-006 |
| 3503 | +<dl> |
| 3504 | + depends: nautilus/TC-NFM-005 |
| 3505 | + This test will check that the search functionality works |
| 3506 | + <dt> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</dt> |
| 3507 | + <dt> Click the Search Icon in the top</dt> |
| 3508 | + <dt> Input 'test'</dt> |
| 3509 | + <dd>the 'test' folder was shown?</dd> |
| 3510 | +</dl> |
| 3511 | +Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-007 |
| 3512 | +<dl> |
| 3513 | + depends: nautilus/TC-NFM-005 |
| 3514 | + This test will check the Recent functionality works |
| 3515 | + <dt> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</dt> |
| 3516 | + <dt> Double click in the 'test' folder</dt> |
| 3517 | + <dt> Double click in the 'moveme.txt' file</dt> |
| 3518 | + <dd>A black file should be shown in the Editor</dd> |
| 3519 | + <dt> Close the Editor</dt> |
| 3520 | + <dd>'moveme.txt' should be selected</dd> |
| 3521 | + <dt> Click the Recent Icon in the sidebar</dt> |
| 3522 | + <dd>The 'moveme.txt' file is shown?</dd> |
| 3523 | +</dl> |
| 3524 | +Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-008 |
| 3525 | +<dl> |
| 3526 | + depends: nautilus/TC-NFM-007 |
| 3527 | + This test will check the clean Recent functionality works |
| 3528 | + <dt> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</dt> |
| 3529 | + <dt> Click the Recent Icon in the sidebar</dt> |
| 3530 | + <dd>The 'moveme.txt' file is shown</dd> |
| 3531 | + <dt> Select the file</dt> |
| 3532 | + <dt> Right click and select 'Delete'</dt> |
| 3533 | + <dd>Recent place should be empty</dd> |
| 3534 | + <dt> Click the Home Icon in the sidebar</dt> |
| 3535 | + <dt> Click the Recent Icon in the sidebar</dt> |
| 3536 | + <dd>Is the 'moveme.txt' file gone?</dd> |
| 3537 | +</dl> |
| 3538 | +Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-009 |
| 3539 | +<dl> |
| 3540 | + This test will check that the view modes works |
| 3541 | + <dt> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</dt> |
| 3542 | + <dt> Click the List Icon in the top</dt> |
| 3543 | + <dd>Items should be shown in a list</dd> |
| 3544 | + <dt> Click the Grid Icon in the top</dt> |
| 3545 | + <dd>Items are shown in a grid view?</dd> |
| 3546 | +</dl> |
| 3547 | +Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-010 |
| 3548 | +<dl> |
| 3549 | + This test will check that user can connect to Samba shares and copy files from the share |
| 3550 | + <dt> Please ensure you have access to a samba share containing a file</dt> |
| 3551 | + <dt> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</dt> |
| 3552 | + <dt> On a local network, press 'Browse Network' in Nautilus and later 'Windows Network'</dt> |
| 3553 | + <dd>Default Share Group should be shown</dd> |
| 3554 | + <dt> Press the Default Share Group and later 'DESKTOP'</dt> |
| 3555 | + <dd>Shared directories are shown</dd> |
| 3556 | + <dt> Select a document from the share, righ click on it and choose 'Copy', left click on the 'Documents' section, right click in a empty space and select 'Paste'</dt> |
| 3557 | + <dd>File is copied from shared folder to user computer</dd> |
| 3558 | + <dt> Open the copied document</dt> |
| 3559 | + <dd>Did the copied file is open correctly, with it's contents the same as in the file on the share?</dd> |
| 3560 | +</dl> |
| 3561 | +Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-011 |
| 3562 | +<dl> |
| 3563 | + This test will check that user can connect to the Samba share and copy files to the share |
| 3564 | + <dt> Please ensure you have access to a samba writable system</dt> |
| 3565 | + <dt> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</dt> |
| 3566 | + <dt> Click the Home Icon in the sidebar and double click on 'Examples' and later on 'Ubuntu_Free_Culture_Showcase'</dt> |
| 3567 | + <dt> Select one file, right click on it and choose 'Copy' |
| 3568 | + <dt> On a local network, press 'Browse Network' in Nautilus and later 'Windows Network'</dt> |
| 3569 | + <dd>Default Share Group should be shown</dd> |
| 3570 | + <dt> Press the Default Share Group and later 'DESKTOP'</dt> |
| 3571 | + <dd>Shared directories are shown</dd> |
| 3572 | + <dt> Double click on a Shared directory, right click on a blank section an select 'Paste'</dt> |
| 3573 | + <dd>File is copied from the user computer to the shared folder</dd> |
| 3574 | + <dt> Open the copied document on the share</dt> |
| 3575 | + <dd>Did the copied file is open correctly, with it's contents the same as in the file on the share?</dd> |
| 3576 | +</dl> |
| 3577 | +Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-012 |
| 3578 | +<dl> |
| 3579 | + depends: nautilus/TC-NFM-005 |
| 3580 | + This test will check that user can share documents to another system using Samba |
| 3581 | + <dt> Please ensure you have access to an Internet connection</dt> |
| 3582 | + <dt> Please ensure you have access to an extern samba system</dt> |
| 3583 | + <dt> Please ensure the Nautilus window is running and the Nautilus window is focused</dt> |
| 3584 | + <dt> Right click on the 'test' folder and select 'Sharing Options'</dt> |
| 3585 | + <dd>A new window called 'Folder Sharing' is shown</dd> |
| 3586 | + <dt> Enable the 'Share this folder' option</dt> |
| 3587 | + <dd>A warning message is shown asking for installing the Sharing service</dd> |
| 3588 | + <dt> Select install service</dt> |
| 3589 | + <dd>A new window asking for installing additional software is shown</dd> |
| 3590 | + <dt> Select 'Install'</dt> |
| 3591 | + <dd>A window asking for authentication is shown</dd> |
| 3592 | + <dt> Input your password</dt> |
| 3593 | + <dt> Select 'Authenticate'</dt> |
| 3594 | + <dd>A new window will be shown 'Applying changes'</dd> |
| 3595 | + <dd>The new window will close itself and the previous window will take the focus</dd> |
| 3596 | + <dt> Enable the 'Guest access' option</dt> |
| 3597 | + <dt> Select 'Create Share'</dt> |
| 3598 | + <dt> From an extern Samba | Windows system go to shares</dt> |
| 3599 | + <dd>'test' folder is visible in the local network</dd> |
| 3600 | + <dt> Double click on 'test' folder, right click on 'moveme.txt' file and select 'copy'</dt> |
| 3601 | + <dt> Go to the local drive of the extern system and paste 'moveme.txt' there</dt> |
| 3602 | + <dd>is 'moveme.txt' pasted?</dd> |
| 3603 | + <dd>have the same content?</dd> |
| 3604 | +</dl> |
| 3605 | +Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-013 |
| 3606 | +<dl> |
| 3607 | + This test will check that a mounted USB drive appears in Nautilus |
| 3608 | + <dt> Please ensure you have a USB drive available and the system under test has available USB ports.</dt> |
| 3609 | + <dt> Insert the USB drive into the USB port of the system under test</dt> |
| 3610 | + <dd>A new window of Nautilus should be open with the contents of the USB</dd> |
| 3611 | + <dd>The 'Devices' section should show the USB drive that was just inserted.</dd> |
| 3612 | + <dt> Click on 'Documents' and then right back to the USB drive entry in 'Devices' section</dt> |
| 3613 | + <dd>Are the USB drive contents displayed?</dd> |
| 3614 | +</dl> |
| 3615 | +Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-014 |
| 3616 | +<dl> |
| 3617 | + This test will check that 'Open' dialog appears when plugging in a music device |
| 3618 | + <dt> Please ensure you have a USB drive available that contains music files and system under test has available USB ports. In addition it is assumed the Removable Media settings are unchanged from default, and will 'Ask what to do' for all media types when inserted.</dt> |
| 3619 | + <dt> Insert the player into the USB port of the system under tests and wait for new dialog to appear</dt> |
| 3620 | + <dd>'Open' dialog appears with 'Rhythmbox Music Player' application selected</dd> |
| 3621 | + <dt> Click OK button in the dialog box</dt> |
| 3622 | + <dd>Did Rhythmbox open with the Music Device displayed as a separate entry in the left panel tree?</dd> |
| 3623 | +</dl> |
| 3624 | +Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-015 |
| 3625 | +<dl> |
| 3626 | + This test will check that 'Open' dialog appears when inserting a DVD |
| 3627 | + <dt> Please ensure you have a Video DVD available and system under test has DVD drive. Also ensure you have installed dvd playback support in ubuntu (if needed for DRM DVD). In addition it is assumed the Removable Media settings are unchanged from default, and will 'Ask what to do' for all media types when inserted.</dt> |
| 3628 | + <dt> Insert the DVD into the DVD drive of the system under tests and wait for new dialog to appear</dt> |
| 3629 | + <dd>'Open' dialog appears with 'Movie Player (Totem)' application selected</dd> |
| 3630 | + <dt> Click OK button in the dialog box</dt> |
| 3631 | + <dd>Did DVD playback start in Totem?</dd> |
| 3632 | +</dl> |
| 3633 | +Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-016 |
| 3634 | +<dl> |
| 3635 | + This test will check that 'Open' dialog appears on inserting an Audio CD |
| 3636 | + <dt> Please ensure you have an Audio CD available and system under test has CD drive. It is assumed the Removable Media settings are unchanged from default, and will 'Ask what to do' for all media types when inserted.</dt> |
| 3637 | + <dt> Insert the Audio CD into the CD drive of the system under tests and wait for new dialog to appear</dt> |
| 3638 | + <dd>'Open' dialog appears with 'Rhythmbox Music Player' application selected</dd> |
| 3639 | + <dt> Click OK button in the dialog box</dt> |
| 3640 | + <dd>Did Rhythmbox open with the Audio CD displayed in left panel tree?</dd> |
| 3641 | +</dl> |
| 3642 | +Test-case name: nautilus/TC-NFM-017 |
| 3643 | +<dl> |
| 3644 | + This test will check that 'Open' dialog appears on inserting a camera |
| 3645 | + <dt> Please ensure you have a camera available and system under test has CD drive. It is assumed the Removable Media settings are unchanged from default, and will 'Ask what to do' for all media types when inserted.</dt> |
| 3646 | + <dt> Plug in the camera to the system under test and wait for new dialog to appear</dt> |
| 3647 | + <dd>'Open' dialog appears with 'Shotwell' application selected</dd> |
| 3648 | + <dt> Click OK button in the dialog box</dt> |
| 3649 | + <dd>Did Shotwell open with the camera displayed in left panel tree?</dd> |
| 3650 | +</dl> |
| 3651 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 3652 | +If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 3653 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1425_Network Manager Tests' |
| 3656 | --- testcases/packages/1425_Network Manager Tests 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 3657 | +++ testcases/packages/1425_Network Manager Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 3658 | @@ -1,250 +1,181 @@ |
| 3659 | Test-case name: networkmanager/TC-NMA-001 |
| 3660 | -This test will check that Network Manager can establish an ethernet connection |
| 3661 | -<ol> |
| 3662 | -<li title="action"> Plug in the cable in ethernet port</li> |
| 3663 | -<ol> |
| 3664 | -<li title="expected_result">NetworkManager's icon swirls and then changes to ""ethenet connection up"" icon (2 arrows, 1 pointing up and 1 pointing down by default)</li> |
| 3665 | -</ol> |
| 3666 | -<li title="action"> Wait till notification appears</li> |
| 3667 | -<ol> |
| 3668 | -<li title="expected_result">Notification on established connection appears</li> |
| 3669 | -</ol> |
| 3670 | -<li title="action"> Click on the applet, select 'Connection Information'</li> |
| 3671 | -<ol> |
| 3672 | -<li title="expected_result">'Connection Information' dialog appears</li> |
| 3673 | -</ol> |
| 3674 | -<ol> |
| 3675 | -<li title="expected_result">Does the information presented in the dialog make sense in your environment?</li> |
| 3676 | -</ol> |
| 3677 | -</ol> |
| 3678 | -Test-case name: networkmanager/TC-NMA-002 |
| 3679 | -This test will check that Network Manager can establish a WPA/WPA2 encrypted Wi-Fi connection |
| 3680 | -<ol> |
| 3681 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have a Wi-Fi card with installed drivers, switched on and a WPA/WPA2 encrypted Wi-Fi AP available</li> |
| 3682 | -<li title="action"> Open the applet and select WPA/WPA2 encrypted network</li> |
| 3683 | -<ol> |
| 3684 | -<li title="expected_result">NetworkManager's icon swirls. 'Enter password' window appears</li> |
| 3685 | -</ol> |
| 3686 | -<li title="action"> Enter AP password</li> |
| 3687 | -<ol> |
| 3688 | -<li title="expected_result">NetworkManager's icon changes to ""encrypted wireless connection up"" icon (4 half-circles with a small lock on the bottom-right corner icon by default)</li> |
| 3689 | -</ol> |
| 3690 | -<li title="action"> Wait till notification appears</li> |
| 3691 | -<ol> |
| 3692 | -<li title="expected_result">Notification on established connection appears</li> |
| 3693 | -</ol> |
| 3694 | -<li title="action"> Click on the applet, select 'Connection Information'</li> |
| 3695 | -<ol> |
| 3696 | -<li title="expected_result">'Connection Information' dialog appears</li> |
| 3697 | -</ol> |
| 3698 | -<ol> |
| 3699 | -<li title="expected_result">Does the information presented in the dialog make sense in your environment?</li> |
| 3700 | -</ol> |
| 3701 | -</ol> |
| 3702 | -Test-case name: networkmanager/TC-NMA-003 |
| 3703 | -This test will check that Network Manager can establish a WEP encrypted Wi-Fi connection |
| 3704 | -<ol> |
| 3705 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have a Wi-Fi card with installed drivers, switched on and a WEP encrypted Wi-Fi AP available</li> |
| 3706 | -<li title="action"> Open the applet and select WEP encrypted network</li> |
| 3707 | -<ol> |
| 3708 | -<li title="expected_result">NetworkManager's icon swirls. 'Enter password' window appears</li> |
| 3709 | -</ol> |
| 3710 | -<li title="action"> Enter AP password</li> |
| 3711 | -<ol> |
| 3712 | -<li title="expected_result">NetworkManager's icon changes to ""encrypted wireless connection up"" icon (4 half-circles with a small lock on the bottom-right corner icon by default)</li> |
| 3713 | -</ol> |
| 3714 | -<li title="action"> Wait till notification appears</li> |
| 3715 | -<ol> |
| 3716 | -<li title="expected_result">Notification on established connection appears</li> |
| 3717 | -</ol> |
| 3718 | -<li title="action"> Click on the applet, select 'Connection Information'</li> |
| 3719 | -<ol> |
| 3720 | -<li title="expected_result">'Connection Information' dialog appears</li> |
| 3721 | -</ol> |
| 3722 | -<ol> |
| 3723 | -<li title="expected_result">Does the information presented in the dialog make sense in your environment?</li> |
| 3724 | -</ol> |
| 3725 | -</ol> |
| 3726 | -Test-case name: networkmanager/TC-NMA-004 |
| 3727 | -This test will check that Network Manager can establish an unencrypted Wi-Fi connection |
| 3728 | -<ol> |
| 3729 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have a Wi-Fi card with installed drivers, switched on and an unencrypted Wi-Fi AP available</li> |
| 3730 | -<li title="action"> Open the applet and select an unencrypted network</li> |
| 3731 | -<ol> |
| 3732 | -<li title="expected_result">NetworkManager's icon swirls and then changes to ""unecrypted wireless connection up"" icon (4 half-circles icon by default)</li> |
| 3733 | -</ol> |
| 3734 | -<li title="action"> Wait till notification appears</li> |
| 3735 | -<ol> |
| 3736 | -<li title="expected_result">Notification on established connection appears</li> |
| 3737 | -</ol> |
| 3738 | -<li title="action"> Click on the applet, select 'Connection Information'</li> |
| 3739 | -<ol> |
| 3740 | -<li title="expected_result">'Connection Information' dialog appears</li> |
| 3741 | -</ol> |
| 3742 | -<ol> |
| 3743 | -<li title="expected_result">Does the information presented in the dialog make sense in your environment?</li> |
| 3744 | -</ol> |
| 3745 | -</ol> |
| 3746 | -Test-case name: networkmanager/TC-NMA-005 |
| 3747 | -This test will check that Network Manager can establish a 3G connection |
| 3748 | -<ol> |
| 3749 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have a 3G card/dongle with installed drivers, switched on and a good 3G signal from your service provider</li> |
| 3750 | -<li title="action"> Plug in the 3G dongle</li> |
| 3751 | -<ol> |
| 3752 | -<li title="expected_result">NetworkManager's icon swirls and then changes to ""unencryped wireless connection up"" icon (4 half-circles icon by default)</li> |
| 3753 | -</ol> |
| 3754 | -<li title="action"> Wait till notification appears</li> |
| 3755 | -<ol> |
| 3756 | -<li title="expected_result">Notification on established connection appears</li> |
| 3757 | -</ol> |
| 3758 | -<li title="action"> Click on the applet, select 'Connection Information'</li> |
| 3759 | -<ol> |
| 3760 | -<li title="expected_result">'Connection Information' dialog appears</li> |
| 3761 | -</ol> |
| 3762 | -<ol> |
| 3763 | -<li title="expected_result">Does the information presented in the dialog make sense in your environment?</li> |
| 3764 | -</ol> |
| 3765 | -</ol> |
| 3766 | -Test-case name: networkmanager/nm-vpnc-001 |
| 3767 | -This test will check that Network Manager can establish a connection to Cisco VPN |
| 3768 | -<ol> |
| 3769 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have a Cisco VPN to connect to.</li> |
| 3770 | -<li title="action"> Install the network-manager-vpnc package, make sure both network-manager-vpnc and network-manager-vpnc-gnome get installed.</li> |
| 3771 | -<li title="action"> Right-click on the NetworkManager icon</li> |
| 3772 | -<li title="action"> Click Edit Connections...</li> |
| 3773 | -<li title="action"> Click the VPN tab.</li> |
| 3774 | -<li title="action"> Click Add, then select the correct type of VPNplugin.</li> |
| 3775 | -<li title="action"> Create settings for your VPN connection</li> |
| 3776 | -<li title="action"> When done, close the connection manager window.</li> |
| 3777 | -<li title="action"> Click on the NetworkManager icon</li> |
| 3778 | -<li title="action"> Click on your VPN profile under "VPN Connections"</li> |
| 3779 | -<li title="action"> Enter credentials if prompted.</li> |
| 3780 | -<ol> |
| 3781 | -<li title="expected_result">The NetworkManager icon will "swirl", then you should see a small lock at the bottom right corner of the normal connection icon (half-circles or arrows).</li> |
| 3782 | -</ol> |
| 3783 | -<ol> |
| 3784 | -<li title="expected_result">Are you now able to access resources restricted to your VPN?</li> |
| 3785 | -</ol> |
| 3786 | -</ol> |
| 3787 | -Test-case name: networkmanager/nm-vpnc-001 |
| 3788 | -This test will check that Network Manager can export and import Cisco VPN connections |
| 3789 | -<ol> |
| 3790 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have a Cisco VPN to connect to.</li> |
| 3791 | -<li title="action"> Right-click on the NetworkManager icon</li> |
| 3792 | -<li title="action"> Click Edit Connections...</li> |
| 3793 | -<li title="action"> Click the VPN tab.</li> |
| 3794 | -<li title="action"> Select a VPN profile and click Export.</li> |
| 3795 | -<li title="action"> Verify that you can properly export a profile to a file on your hard drive.</li> |
| 3796 | -<li title="action"> Click Import.</li> |
| 3797 | -<ol> |
| 3798 | -<li title="expected_result">Does the profile import properly?</li> |
| 3799 | -</ol> |
| 3800 | -</ol> |
| 3801 | -Test-case name: networkmanager/nm-openvpn-001 |
| 3802 | -This test will check that Network Manager can establish a connection to OpenVPN |
| 3803 | -<ol> |
| 3804 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have an OpenVPN server to connect to.</li> |
| 3805 | -<li title="action"> Install the network-manager-openvpn package, make sure both network-manager-openvpn and network-manager-openvpn-gnome get installed.</li> |
| 3806 | -<li title="action"> Right-click on the NetworkManager icon</li> |
| 3807 | -<li title="action"> Click Edit Connections...</li> |
| 3808 | -<li title="action"> Click the VPN tab.</li> |
| 3809 | -<li title="action"> Click Add, then select the correct type of VPNplugin.</li> |
| 3810 | -<li title="action"> Create settings for your VPN connection</li> |
| 3811 | -<li title="action"> When done, close the connection manager window.</li> |
| 3812 | -<li title="action"> Click on the NetworkManager icon</li> |
| 3813 | -<li title="action"> Click on your VPN profile under "VPN Connections"</li> |
| 3814 | -<li title="action"> Enter credentials if prompted.</li> |
| 3815 | -<ol> |
| 3816 | -<li title="expected_result">The NetworkManager icon will "swirl", then you should see a small lock at the bottom right corner of the normal connection icon (half-circles or arrows).</li> |
| 3817 | -</ol> |
| 3818 | -<ol> |
| 3819 | -<li title="expected_result">Are you able to access the resources provided by your VPN?</li> |
| 3820 | -</ol> |
| 3821 | -</ol> |
| 3822 | -Test-case name: networkmanager/nm-openvpn-002 |
| 3823 | -This test will check that Network Manager can export and import OpenVPN connections |
| 3824 | -<ol> |
| 3825 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have an OpenVPN server to connect to.</li> |
| 3826 | -<li title="action"> Right-click on the NetworkManager icon</li> |
| 3827 | -<li title="action"> Click Edit Connections...</li> |
| 3828 | -<li title="action"> Click the VPN tab.</li> |
| 3829 | -<li title="action"> Select a VPN profile and click Export.</li> |
| 3830 | -<li title="action"> Verify that you can properly export a profile to a file on your hard drive.</li> |
| 3831 | -<li title="action"> Click Import.</li> |
| 3832 | -<ol> |
| 3833 | -<li title="expected_result">Does the profile import properly?</li> |
| 3834 | -</ol> |
| 3835 | -</ol> |
| 3836 | -Test-case name: networkmanager/nm-pptp-001 |
| 3837 | -This test will check that Network Manager can establish a connection to PPTP VPN |
| 3838 | -<ol> |
| 3839 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have a PPTP VPN gateway to connect to.</li> |
| 3840 | -<li title="action"> Install the network-manager-pptp package, make sure both network-manager-pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome get installed.</li> |
| 3841 | -<li title="action"> Right-click on the NetworkManager icon</li> |
| 3842 | -<li title="action"> Click Edit Connections...</li> |
| 3843 | -<li title="action"> Click the VPN tab.</li> |
| 3844 | -<li title="action"> Click Add, then select the correct type of VPNplugin.</li> |
| 3845 | -<li title="action"> Create settings for your VPN connection</li> |
| 3846 | -<li title="action"> When done, close the connection manager window.</li> |
| 3847 | -<li title="action"> Click on the NetworkManager icon</li> |
| 3848 | -<li title="action"> Click on your VPN profile under "VPN Connections"</li> |
| 3849 | -<li title="action"> Enter credentials if prompted.</li> |
| 3850 | -<ol> |
| 3851 | -<li title="expected_result">The NetworkManager icon will "swirl", then you should see a small lock at the bottom right corner of the normal connection icon (half-circles or arrows).</li> |
| 3852 | -</ol> |
| 3853 | -<ol> |
| 3854 | -<li title="expected_result">Are you able to access the resources provided by your VPN?</li> |
| 3855 | -</ol> |
| 3856 | -</ol> |
| 3857 | -Test-case name: networkmanager/nm-pptp-002 |
| 3858 | -This test will check that Network Manager can export and import PPTP connections |
| 3859 | -<ol> |
| 3860 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have a PPTP VPN gateway to connect to.</li> |
| 3861 | -<li title="action"> Right-click on the NetworkManager icon</li> |
| 3862 | -<li title="action"> Click Edit Connections...</li> |
| 3863 | -<li title="action"> Click the VPN tab.</li> |
| 3864 | -<li title="action"> Select a VPN profile and click Export.</li> |
| 3865 | -<li title="action"> Verify that you can properly export a profile to a file on your hard drive.</li> |
| 3866 | -<li title="action"> Click Import.</li> |
| 3867 | -<ol> |
| 3868 | -<li title="expected_result">Does the profile import properly?</li> |
| 3869 | -</ol> |
| 3870 | -</ol> |
| 3871 | -Test-case name: networkmanager/nm-oc-001 |
| 3872 | -This test will check that Network Manager can establish a connection to OpenConnect VPN |
| 3873 | -<ol> |
| 3874 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have a Cisco AnyConnect VPN gateway to connect to.</li> |
| 3875 | -<li title="action"> Install the network-manager-openconnect package, make sure both network-manager-openconnect and network-manager-openconnect-gnome get installed.</li> |
| 3876 | -<li title="action"> Right-click on the NetworkManager icon</li> |
| 3877 | -<li title="action"> Click Edit Connections...</li> |
| 3878 | -<li title="action"> Click the VPN tab.</li> |
| 3879 | -<li title="action"> Click Add, then select the correct type of VPNplugin.</li> |
| 3880 | -<li title="action"> Create settings for your VPN connection</li> |
| 3881 | -<li title="action"> When done, close the connection manager window.</li> |
| 3882 | -<li title="action"> Click on the NetworkManager icon</li> |
| 3883 | -<li title="action"> Click on your VPN profile under "VPN Connections"</li> |
| 3884 | -<li title="action"> Enter credentials if prompted.</li> |
| 3885 | -<ol> |
| 3886 | -<li title="expected_result">The NetworkManager icon will "swirl", then you should see a small lock at the bottom right corner of the normal connection icon (half-circles or arrows).</li> |
| 3887 | -</ol> |
| 3888 | -<ol> |
| 3889 | -<li title="expected_result">Are you able to access the resources provided by your VPN?</li> |
| 3890 | -</ol> |
| 3891 | -</ol> |
| 3892 | -Test-case name: networkmanager/nm-oc-002 |
| 3893 | -This test will check that Network Manager can export and import OpenConnect VPN connections |
| 3894 | -<ol> |
| 3895 | -<li title="action"> Please ensure you have a Cisco AnyConnect VPN gateway to connect to.</li> |
| 3896 | -<li title="action"> Right-click on the NetworkManager icon</li> |
| 3897 | -<li title="action"> Click Edit Connections</li> |
| 3898 | -<li title="action"> Click the VPN tab.</li> |
| 3899 | -<li title="action"> Select a VPN profile and click Export</li> |
| 3900 | -<li title="action"> Verify that you can properly export a profile to a file on your hard drive.</li> |
| 3901 | -<li title="action"> Click Import.</li> |
| 3902 | -<ol> |
| 3903 | -<li title="expected_result">Does the profile import properly?</li> |
| 3904 | -</ol> |
| 3905 | -</ol> |
| 3906 | -<strong> |
| 3907 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 3908 | +<dl> |
| 3909 | + This test will check that Network Manager can establish an ethernet connection |
| 3910 | + <dt> Plug in the cable in ethernet port</dt> |
| 3911 | + <dd>NetworkManager's icon swirls and then changes to ""ethenet connection up"" icon (2 arrows, 1 pointing up and 1 pointing down by default)</dd> |
| 3912 | + <dt> Wait till notification appears</dt> |
| 3913 | + <dd>Notification on established connection appears</dd> |
| 3914 | + <dt> Click on the applet, select 'Connection Information'</dt> |
| 3915 | + <dd>'Connection Information' dialog appears</dd> |
| 3916 | + <dd>Does the information presented in the dialog make sense in your environment?</dd> |
| 3917 | +</dl> |
| 3918 | +Test-case name: networkmanager/TC-NMA-002 |
| 3919 | +<dl> |
| 3920 | + This test will check that Network Manager can establish a WPA/WPA2 encrypted Wi-Fi connection |
| 3921 | + <dt> Please ensure you have a Wi-Fi card with installed drivers, switched on and a WPA/WPA2 encrypted Wi-Fi AP available</dt> |
| 3922 | + <dt> Open the applet and select WPA/WPA2 encrypted network</dt> |
| 3923 | + <dd>NetworkManager's icon swirls. 'Enter password' window appears</dd> |
| 3924 | + <dt> Enter AP password</dt> |
| 3925 | + <dd>NetworkManager's icon changes to ""encrypted wireless connection up"" icon (4 half-circles with a small lock on the bottom-right corner icon by default)</dd> |
| 3926 | + <dt> Wait till notification appears</dt> |
| 3927 | + <dd>Notification on established connection appears</dd> |
| 3928 | + <dt> Click on the applet, select 'Connection Information'</dt> |
| 3929 | + <dd>'Connection Information' dialog appears</dd> |
| 3930 | + <dd>Does the information presented in the dialog make sense in your environment?</dd> |
| 3931 | +</dl> |
| 3932 | +Test-case name: networkmanager/TC-NMA-003 |
| 3933 | +<dl> |
| 3934 | + This test will check that Network Manager can establish a WEP encrypted Wi-Fi connection |
| 3935 | + <dt> Please ensure you have a Wi-Fi card with installed drivers, switched on and a WEP encrypted Wi-Fi AP available</dt> |
| 3936 | + <dt> Open the applet and select WEP encrypted network</dt> |
| 3937 | + <dd>NetworkManager's icon swirls. 'Enter password' window appears</dd> |
| 3938 | + <dt> Enter AP password</dt> |
| 3939 | + <dd>NetworkManager's icon changes to ""encrypted wireless connection up"" icon (4 half-circles with a small lock on the bottom-right corner icon by default)</dd> |
| 3940 | + <dt> Wait till notification appears</dt> |
| 3941 | + <dd>Notification on established connection appears</dd> |
| 3942 | + <dt> Click on the applet, select 'Connection Information'</dt> |
| 3943 | + <dd>'Connection Information' dialog appears</dd> |
| 3944 | + <dd>Does the information presented in the dialog make sense in your environment?</dd> |
| 3945 | +</dl> |
| 3946 | +Test-case name: networkmanager/TC-NMA-004 |
| 3947 | +<dl> |
| 3948 | + This test will check that Network Manager can establish an unencrypted Wi-Fi connection |
| 3949 | + <dt> Please ensure you have a Wi-Fi card with installed drivers, switched on and an unencrypted Wi-Fi AP available</dt> |
| 3950 | + <dt> Open the applet and select an unencrypted network</dt> |
| 3951 | + <dd>NetworkManager's icon swirls and then changes to ""unecrypted wireless connection up"" icon (4 half-circles icon by default)</dd> |
| 3952 | + <dt> Wait till notification appears</dt> |
| 3953 | + <dd>Notification on established connection appears</dd> |
| 3954 | + <dt> Click on the applet, select 'Connection Information'</dt> |
| 3955 | + <dd>'Connection Information' dialog appears</dd> |
| 3956 | + <dd>Does the information presented in the dialog make sense in your environment?</dd> |
| 3957 | +</dl> |
| 3958 | +Test-case name: networkmanager/TC-NMA-005 |
| 3959 | +<dl> |
| 3960 | + This test will check that Network Manager can establish a 3G connection |
| 3961 | + <dt> Please ensure you have a 3G card/dongle with installed drivers, switched on and a good 3G signal from your service provider</dt> |
| 3962 | + <dt> Plug in the 3G dongle</dt> |
| 3963 | + <dd>NetworkManager's icon swirls and then changes to ""unencryped wireless connection up"" icon (4 half-circles icon by default)</dd> |
| 3964 | + <dt> Wait till notification appears</dt> |
| 3965 | + <dd>Notification on established connection appears</dd> |
| 3966 | + <dt> Click on the applet, select 'Connection Information'</dt> |
| 3967 | + <dd>'Connection Information' dialog appears</dd> |
| 3968 | + <dd>Does the information presented in the dialog make sense in your environment?</dd> |
| 3969 | +</dl> |
| 3970 | +Test-case name: networkmanager/nm-vpnc-001 |
| 3971 | +<dl> |
| 3972 | + This test will check that Network Manager can establish a connection to Cisco VPN |
| 3973 | + <dt> Please ensure you have a Cisco VPN to connect to.</dt> |
| 3974 | + <dt> Install the network-manager-vpnc package, make sure both network-manager-vpnc and network-manager-vpnc-gnome get installed.</dt> |
| 3975 | + <dt> Right-click on the NetworkManager icon</dt> |
| 3976 | + <dt> Click Edit Connections...</dt> |
| 3977 | + <dt> Click the VPN tab.</dt> |
| 3978 | + <dt> Click Add, then select the correct type of VPNplugin.</dt> |
| 3979 | + <dt> Create settings for your VPN connection</dt> |
| 3980 | + <dt> When done, close the connection manager window.</dt> |
| 3981 | + <dt> Click on the NetworkManager icon</dt> |
| 3982 | + <dt> Click on your VPN profile under "VPN Connections"</dt> |
| 3983 | + <dt> Enter credentials if prompted.</dt> |
| 3984 | + <dd>The NetworkManager icon will "swirl", then you should see a small lock at the bottom right corner of the normal connection icon (half-circles or arrows).</dd> |
| 3985 | + <dd>Are you now able to access resources restricted to your VPN?</dd> |
| 3986 | +</dl> |
| 3987 | +Test-case name: networkmanager/nm-vpnc-001 |
| 3988 | +<dl> |
| 3989 | + This test will check that Network Manager can export and import Cisco VPN connections |
| 3990 | + <dt> Please ensure you have a Cisco VPN to connect to.</dt> |
| 3991 | + <dt> Right-click on the NetworkManager icon</dt> |
| 3992 | + <dt> Click Edit Connections...</dt> |
| 3993 | + <dt> Click the VPN tab.</dt> |
| 3994 | + <dt> Select a VPN profile and click Export.</dt> |
| 3995 | + <dt> Verify that you can properly export a profile to a file on your hard drive.</dt> |
| 3996 | + <dt> Click Import.</dt> |
| 3997 | + <dd>Does the profile import properly?</dd> |
| 3998 | +</dl> |
| 3999 | +Test-case name: networkmanager/nm-openvpn-001 |
| 4000 | +<dl> |
| 4001 | + This test will check that Network Manager can establish a connection to OpenVPN |
| 4002 | + <dt> Please ensure you have an OpenVPN server to connect to.</dt> |
| 4003 | + <dt> Install the network-manager-openvpn package, make sure both network-manager-openvpn and network-manager-openvpn-gnome get installed.</dt> |
| 4004 | + <dt> Right-click on the NetworkManager icon</dt> |
| 4005 | + <dt> Click Edit Connections...</dt> |
| 4006 | + <dt> Click the VPN tab.</dt> |
| 4007 | + <dt> Click Add, then select the correct type of VPNplugin.</dt> |
| 4008 | + <dt> Create settings for your VPN connection</dt> |
| 4009 | + <dt> When done, close the connection manager window.</dt> |
| 4010 | + <dt> Click on the NetworkManager icon</dt> |
| 4011 | + <dt> Click on your VPN profile under "VPN Connections"</dt> |
| 4012 | + <dt> Enter credentials if prompted.</dt> |
| 4013 | + <dd>The NetworkManager icon will "swirl", then you should see a small lock at the bottom right corner of the normal connection icon (half-circles or arrows).</dd> |
| 4014 | + <dd>Are you able to access the resources provided by your VPN?</dd> |
| 4015 | +</dl> |
| 4016 | +Test-case name: networkmanager/nm-openvpn-002 |
| 4017 | +<dl> |
| 4018 | + This test will check that Network Manager can export and import OpenVPN connections |
| 4019 | + <dt> Please ensure you have an OpenVPN server to connect to.</dt> |
| 4020 | + <dt> Right-click on the NetworkManager icon</dt> |
| 4021 | + <dt> Click Edit Connections...</dt> |
| 4022 | + <dt> Click the VPN tab.</dt> |
| 4023 | + <dt> Select a VPN profile and click Export.</dt> |
| 4024 | + <dt> Verify that you can properly export a profile to a file on your hard drive.</dt> |
| 4025 | + <dt> Click Import.</dt> |
| 4026 | + <dd>Does the profile import properly?</dd> |
| 4027 | +</dl> |
| 4028 | +Test-case name: networkmanager/nm-pptp-001 |
| 4029 | +<dl> |
| 4030 | + This test will check that Network Manager can establish a connection to PPTP VPN |
| 4031 | + <dt> Please ensure you have a PPTP VPN gateway to connect to.</dt> |
| 4032 | + <dt> Install the network-manager-pptp package, make sure both network-manager-pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome get installed.</dt> |
| 4033 | + <dt> Right-click on the NetworkManager icon</dt> |
| 4034 | + <dt> Click Edit Connections...</dt> |
| 4035 | + <dt> Click the VPN tab.</dt> |
| 4036 | + <dt> Click Add, then select the correct type of VPNplugin.</dt> |
| 4037 | + <dt> Create settings for your VPN connection</dt> |
| 4038 | + <dt> When done, close the connection manager window.</dt> |
| 4039 | + <dt> Click on the NetworkManager icon</dt> |
| 4040 | + <dt> Click on your VPN profile under "VPN Connections"</dt> |
| 4041 | + <dt> Enter credentials if prompted.</dt> |
| 4042 | + <dd>The NetworkManager icon will "swirl", then you should see a small lock at the bottom right corner of the normal connection icon (half-circles or arrows).</dd> |
| 4043 | + <dd>Are you able to access the resources provided by your VPN?</dd> |
| 4044 | +</dl> |
| 4045 | +Test-case name: networkmanager/nm-pptp-002 |
| 4046 | +<dl> |
| 4047 | + This test will check that Network Manager can export and import PPTP connections |
| 4048 | + <dt> Please ensure you have a PPTP VPN gateway to connect to.</dt> |
| 4049 | + <dt> Right-click on the NetworkManager icon</dt> |
| 4050 | + <dt> Click Edit Connections...</dt> |
| 4051 | + <dt> Click the VPN tab.</dt> |
| 4052 | + <dt> Select a VPN profile and click Export.</dt> |
| 4053 | + <dt> Verify that you can properly export a profile to a file on your hard drive.</dt> |
| 4054 | + <dt> Click Import.</dt> |
| 4055 | + <dd>Does the profile import properly?</dd> |
| 4056 | +</dl> |
| 4057 | +Test-case name: networkmanager/nm-oc-001 |
| 4058 | +<dl> |
| 4059 | + This test will check that Network Manager can establish a connection to OpenConnect VPN |
| 4060 | + <dt> Please ensure you have a Cisco AnyConnect VPN gateway to connect to.</dt> |
| 4061 | + <dt> Install the network-manager-openconnect package, make sure both network-manager-openconnect and network-manager-openconnect-gnome get installed.</dt> |
| 4062 | + <dt> Right-click on the NetworkManager icon</dt> |
| 4063 | + <dt> Click Edit Connections...</dt> |
| 4064 | + <dt> Click the VPN tab.</dt> |
| 4065 | + <dt> Click Add, then select the correct type of VPNplugin.</dt> |
| 4066 | + <dt> Create settings for your VPN connection</dt> |
| 4067 | + <dt> When done, close the connection manager window.</dt> |
| 4068 | + <dt> Click on the NetworkManager icon</dt> |
| 4069 | + <dt> Click on your VPN profile under "VPN Connections"</dt> |
| 4070 | + <dt> Enter credentials if prompted.</dt> |
| 4071 | + <dd>The NetworkManager icon will "swirl", then you should see a small lock at the bottom right corner of the normal connection icon (half-circles or arrows).</dd> |
| 4072 | + <dd>Are you able to access the resources provided by your VPN?</dd> |
| 4073 | +</dl> |
| 4074 | +Test-case name: networkmanager/nm-oc-002 |
| 4075 | +<dl> |
| 4076 | + This test will check that Network Manager can export and import OpenConnect VPN connections |
| 4077 | + <dt> Please ensure you have a Cisco AnyConnect VPN gateway to connect to.</dt> |
| 4078 | + <dt> Right-click on the NetworkManager icon</dt> |
| 4079 | + <dt> Click Edit Connections</dt> |
| 4080 | + <dt> Click the VPN tab.</dt> |
| 4081 | + <dt> Select a VPN profile and click Export</dt> |
| 4082 | + <dt> Verify that you can properly export a profile to a file on your hard drive.</dt> |
| 4083 | + <dt> Click Import.</dt> |
| 4084 | + <dd>Does the profile import properly?</dd> |
| 4085 | +</dl> |
| 4086 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 4087 | If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 4088 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 4089 | |
| 4090 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1426_Orca Tests' |
| 4091 | --- testcases/packages/1426_Orca Tests 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 4092 | +++ testcases/packages/1426_Orca Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 4093 | @@ -1,135 +1,86 @@ |
| 4094 | Test-case name: orca/starting_orca |
| 4095 | -This test will check that Orca can play a welcome message |
| 4096 | -<ol> |
| 4097 | -<li title="action"> Open Dash type 'system settings' and launch the system settings tool</li> |
| 4098 | -<ol> |
| 4099 | -<li title="expected_result">system settings opens and contains the Universal Access section</li> |
| 4100 | -</ol> |
| 4101 | -<li title="action"> Select the Universal Access section</li> |
| 4102 | -<ol> |
| 4103 | -<li title="expected_result">a dialog with accessiblity settings opens, you are on the 'seeing' tab.</li> |
| 4104 | -</ol> |
| 4105 | -<li title="action"> Select the Screen Reader option</li> |
| 4106 | -<ol> |
| 4107 | -<li title="expected_result">Did a voice say "welcome to orca"?</li> |
| 4108 | -</ol> |
| 4109 | -</ol> |
| 4110 | -Test-case name: orca/dash |
| 4111 | -This test will check that Orca can announce text in the dash |
| 4112 | -<ol> |
| 4113 | -<li title="action"> press the super(windows) key to bring up the dash</li> |
| 4114 | -<ol> |
| 4115 | -<li title="expected_result">a voice says 'Dash frame'</li> |
| 4116 | -</ol> |
| 4117 | -<li title="action"> use the cursor keys to navigate around the dash</li> |
| 4118 | -<ol> |
| 4119 | -<li title="expected_result">a voice should read out options as you select them</li> |
| 4120 | -</ol> |
| 4121 | -<li title="action"> move down to the lens list at the bottom of the dash</li> |
| 4122 | -<ol> |
| 4123 | -<li title="expected_result">a voice reads the names of the lenses you have installed</li> |
| 4124 | -</ol> |
| 4125 | -<li title="action"> select the apps lens and press return</li> |
| 4126 | -<ol> |
| 4127 | -<li title="expected_result">Did the voice annouce you are on the applications lens?</li> |
| 4128 | -</ol> |
| 4129 | -</ol> |
| 4130 | -Test-case name: orca/HUD |
| 4131 | -This test will check that Orca can announce text in the HUD |
| 4132 | -<ol> |
| 4133 | -<li title="action"> from the dash launch the gedit application</li> |
| 4134 | -<ol> |
| 4135 | -<li title="expected_result">the text editor opens and a voice says gedit frame</li> |
| 4136 | -</ol> |
| 4137 | -<li title="action"> press alt to bring up the HUD</li> |
| 4138 | -<ol> |
| 4139 | -<li title="expected_result">a voice indicates you are in the hud</li> |
| 4140 | -</ol> |
| 4141 | -<li title="action"> type 'edit' then use cursor down to read the suggested matching menu items</li> |
| 4142 | -<ol> |
| 4143 | -<li title="expected_result">Are the options read out by orca? Does selecting an option operate that menu item in the gedit window?</li> |
| 4144 | -</ol> |
| 4145 | -</ol> |
| 4146 | -Test-case name: orca/Ubiquity |
| 4147 | -This test will check that Orca can announce text in Ubiquity |
| 4148 | -<ol> |
| 4149 | -<li title="action"> boot a live CD, when you hear the drums press ctrl+s</li> |
| 4150 | -<ol> |
| 4151 | -<li title="expected_result">a voice should welcome you to orca</li> |
| 4152 | -</ol> |
| 4153 | -<li title="action"> alt-tab to get back to ubiquity and proceed through the wizard using only the keyboard</li> |
| 4154 | -<ol> |
| 4155 | -<li title="expected_result">Are you able to hear all of the options read by orca? Are you able to install without needing to use the mouse?</li> |
| 4156 | -</ol> |
| 4157 | -</ol> |
| 4158 | -Test-case name: orca/globalmenu |
| 4159 | -This test will check that Orca can announce text in global menu |
| 4160 | -<ol> |
| 4161 | -<li title="action"> in an application with a global menu press alt to bring up the menu</li> |
| 4162 | -<ol> |
| 4163 | -<li title="expected_result">the name of the menu should be read out (file menu)</li> |
| 4164 | -</ol> |
| 4165 | -<li title="action"> using cursor keys navigate around the menu</li> |
| 4166 | -<ol> |
| 4167 | -<li title="expected_result">you should get a commentary of the menu</li> |
| 4168 | -</ol> |
| 4169 | -<li title="action"> find a menu item with a shortcut like ctrl+s</li> |
| 4170 | -<ol> |
| 4171 | -<li title="expected_result">Is the shortcut read to you?</li> |
| 4172 | -</ol> |
| 4173 | -</ol> |
| 4174 | -Test-case name: orca/indicators |
| 4175 | -This test will check that Orca can announce text in indicators |
| 4176 | -<ol> |
| 4177 | -<li title="action"> press F10 to get to the global menu then use the right cursor to go through the menu to the indicators</li> |
| 4178 | -<ol> |
| 4179 | -<li title="expected_result">the indicator names should be read out</li> |
| 4180 | -</ol> |
| 4181 | -<li title="action"> press F10 to leave the menu then F10 again to go back, but this time go left</li> |
| 4182 | -<ol> |
| 4183 | -<li title="expected_result">this should take you direct to the indicators</li> |
| 4184 | -</ol> |
| 4185 | -<li title="action"> navigate around the indicators using the cursor keys</li> |
| 4186 | -<ol> |
| 4187 | -<li title="expected_result">you should get a commentary of all items and should not get stuck anywhere.</li> |
| 4188 | -</ol> |
| 4189 | -<li title="action"> in the sound indicator use the cursor keys</li> |
| 4190 | -<ol> |
| 4191 | -<li title="expected_result">volume should be adjustable with cursors left and right on the volume slider</li> |
| 4192 | -</ol> |
| 4193 | -<li title="action"> in the sound indicator go to the play controls</li> |
| 4194 | -<ol> |
| 4195 | -<li title="expected_result">Did the music application start? It should not start without asking it to do so.</li> |
| 4196 | -</ol> |
| 4197 | -</ol> |
| 4198 | -Test-case name: orca/notifications |
| 4199 | -This test will check that Orca can announce notifications |
| 4200 | -<ol> |
| 4201 | -<li title="action"> cause a notification to happen by sending yourself an email, instant message, irc message, etc.</li> |
| 4202 | -<ol> |
| 4203 | -<li title="expected_result">Does the screen reader should read notification out loud?</li> |
| 4204 | -</ol> |
| 4205 | -</ol> |
| 4206 | -Test-case name: orca/launcher |
| 4207 | -This test will check that Orca can announce text in quicklists |
| 4208 | -<ol> |
| 4209 | -<li title="action"> press alt+f1 to get to keyboard navigation of the launcher</li> |
| 4210 | -<ol> |
| 4211 | -<li title="expected_result">orca should read application names as you move up and down</li> |
| 4212 | -</ol> |
| 4213 | -<li title="action"> move right on a running application to the quicklists</li> |
| 4214 | -<ol> |
| 4215 | -<li title="expected_result">Does orca read the quicklist contents?</li> |
| 4216 | -</ol> |
| 4217 | -</ol> |
| 4218 | -Test-case name: orca/workspace_switcher |
| 4219 | -This test will check that Orca can announce text in workspace switcher |
| 4220 | -<ol> |
| 4221 | -<li title="action"> try using the workspace switcher with the screen reader</li> |
| 4222 | -<ol> |
| 4223 | -<li title="expected_result">Are you able to use the switcher without looking at the screen and understanding where your applications are?</li> |
| 4224 | -</ol> |
| 4225 | -</ol> |
| 4226 | -<strong> |
| 4227 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 4228 | +<dl> |
| 4229 | + This test will check that Orca can play a welcome message |
| 4230 | + <dt> Open Dash type 'system settings' and launch the system settings tool</dt> |
| 4231 | + <dd>system settings opens and contains the Universal Access section</dd> |
| 4232 | + <dt> Select the Universal Access section</dt> |
| 4233 | + <dd>a dialog with accessiblity settings opens, you are on the 'seeing' tab.</dd> |
| 4234 | + <dt> Select the Screen Reader option</dt> |
| 4235 | + <dd>Did a voice say "welcome to orca"?</dd> |
| 4236 | +</dl> |
| 4237 | +Test-case name: orca/dash |
| 4238 | +<dl> |
| 4239 | + This test will check that Orca can announce text in the dash |
| 4240 | + <dt> press the super(windows) key to bring up the dash</dt> |
| 4241 | + <dd>a voice says 'Dash frame'</dd> |
| 4242 | + <dt> use the cursor keys to navigate around the dash</dt> |
| 4243 | + <dd>a voice should read out options as you select them</dd> |
| 4244 | + <dt> move down to the lens list at the bottom of the dash</dt> |
| 4245 | + <dd>a voice reads the names of the lenses you have installed</dd> |
| 4246 | + <dt> select the apps lens and press return</dt> |
| 4247 | + <dd>Did the voice annouce you are on the applications lens?</dd> |
| 4248 | +</dl> |
| 4249 | +Test-case name: orca/HUD |
| 4250 | +<dl> |
| 4251 | + This test will check that Orca can announce text in the HUD |
| 4252 | + <dt> from the dash launch the gedit application</dt> |
| 4253 | + <dd>the text editor opens and a voice says gedit frame</dd> |
| 4254 | + <dt> press alt to bring up the HUD</dt> |
| 4255 | + <dd>a voice indicates you are in the hud</dd> |
| 4256 | + <dt> type 'edit' then use cursor down to read the suggested matching menu items</dt> |
| 4257 | + <dd>Are the options read out by orca? Does selecting an option operate that menu item in the gedit window?</dd> |
| 4258 | +</dl> |
| 4259 | +Test-case name: orca/Ubiquity |
| 4260 | +<dl> |
| 4261 | + This test will check that Orca can announce text in Ubiquity |
| 4262 | + <dt> boot a live CD, when you hear the drums press ctrl+s</dt> |
| 4263 | + <dd>a voice should welcome you to orca</dd> |
| 4264 | + <dt> alt-tab to get back to ubiquity and proceed through the wizard using only the keyboard</dt> |
| 4265 | + <dd>Are you able to hear all of the options read by orca? Are you able to install without needing to use the mouse?</dd> |
| 4266 | +</dl> |
| 4267 | +Test-case name: orca/globalmenu |
| 4268 | +<dl> |
| 4269 | + This test will check that Orca can announce text in global menu |
| 4270 | + <dt> in an application with a global menu press alt to bring up the menu</dt> |
| 4271 | + <dd>the name of the menu should be read out (file menu)</dd> |
| 4272 | + <dt> using cursor keys navigate around the menu</dt> |
| 4273 | + <dd>you should get a commentary of the menu</dd> |
| 4274 | + <dt> find a menu item with a shortcut like ctrl+s</dt> |
| 4275 | + <dd>Is the shortcut read to you?</dd> |
| 4276 | +</dl> |
| 4277 | +Test-case name: orca/indicators |
| 4278 | +<dl> |
| 4279 | + This test will check that Orca can announce text in indicators |
| 4280 | + <dt> press F10 to get to the global menu then use the right cursor to go through the menu to the indicators</dt> |
| 4281 | + <dd>the indicator names should be read out</dd> |
| 4282 | + <dt> press F10 to leave the menu then F10 again to go back, but this time go left</dt> |
| 4283 | + <dd>this should take you direct to the indicators</dd> |
| 4284 | + <dt> navigate around the indicators using the cursor keys</dt> |
| 4285 | + <dd>you should get a commentary of all items and should not get stuck anywhere.</dd> |
| 4286 | + <dt> in the sound indicator use the cursor keys</dt> |
| 4287 | + <dd>volume should be adjustable with cursors left and right on the volume slider</dd> |
| 4288 | + <dt> in the sound indicator go to the play controls</dt> |
| 4289 | + <dd>Did the music application start? It should not start without asking it to do so.</dd> |
| 4290 | +</dl> |
| 4291 | +Test-case name: orca/notifications |
| 4292 | +<dl> |
| 4293 | + This test will check that Orca can announce notifications |
| 4294 | + <dt> cause a notification to happen by sending yourself an email, instant message, irc message, etc.</dt> |
| 4295 | + <dd>Does the screen reader should read notification out loud?</dd> |
| 4296 | +</dl> |
| 4297 | +Test-case name: orca/launcher |
| 4298 | +<dl> |
| 4299 | + This test will check that Orca can announce text in quicklists |
| 4300 | + <dt> press alt+f1 to get to keyboard navigation of the launcher</dt> |
| 4301 | + <dd>orca should read application names as you move up and down</dd> |
| 4302 | + <dt> move right on a running application to the quicklists</dt> |
| 4303 | + <dd>Does orca read the quicklist contents?</dd> |
| 4304 | +</dl> |
| 4305 | +Test-case name: orca/workspace_switcher |
| 4306 | +<dl> |
| 4307 | + This test will check that Orca can announce text in workspace switcher |
| 4308 | + <dt> try using the workspace switcher with the screen reader</dt> |
| 4309 | + <dd>Are you able to use the switcher without looking at the screen and understanding where your applications are?</dd> |
| 4310 | +</dl> |
| 4311 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 4312 | If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 4313 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 4314 | |
| 4315 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1427_Rythmnbox Tests' |
| 4316 | --- testcases/packages/1427_Rythmnbox Tests 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 4317 | +++ testcases/packages/1427_Rythmnbox Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 4318 | @@ -1,133 +1,70 @@ |
| 4319 | Test-case name: rhythmbox/rhy-001 |
| 4320 | -This test will check that Rhythmbox can play internet radio |
| 4321 | -<ol> |
| 4322 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch rhythmbox by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘rhythmbox’</li> |
| 4323 | -<ol> |
| 4324 | -<li title="expected_result">rhythmbox should launch</li> |
| 4325 | -</ol> |
| 4326 | -<li title="action"> In the Library list, select Radio</li> |
| 4327 | -<ol> |
| 4328 | -<li title="expected_result">Genre and Radio lists appear</li> |
| 4329 | -</ol> |
| 4330 | -<li title="action"> Select any genre</li> |
| 4331 | -<ol> |
| 4332 | -<li title="expected_result">Radio stations are filtered by selected genre</li> |
| 4333 | -</ol> |
| 4334 | -<li title="action"> Pick a station and press the play button.</li> |
| 4335 | -<ol> |
| 4336 | -<li title="expected_result">Does the radio start playing?</li> |
| 4337 | -</ol> |
| 4338 | -</ol> |
| 4339 | -Test-case name: rhythmbox/rhy-002 |
| 4340 | -This test will check that Rhythmbox can play play podcast episodes |
| 4341 | -<ol> |
| 4342 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch rhythmbox by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘rhythmbox’</li> |
| 4343 | -<ol> |
| 4344 | -<li title="expected_result">rhythmbox should launch</li> |
| 4345 | -</ol> |
| 4346 | -<li title="action"> Right-click on Podcasts, select New Podcast Feed</li> |
| 4347 | -<ol> |
| 4348 | -<li title="expected_result">New Podcast Feed window appears</li> |
| 4349 | -</ol> |
| 4350 | -<li title="action"> Add the URI to your favourite podcast or http://feeds.feedburner.com/UbuntuUkPodcastOgg-high?format=xml</li> |
| 4351 | -<ol> |
| 4352 | -<li title="expected_result">Podcast is added to the list</li> |
| 4353 | -</ol> |
| 4354 | -<ol> |
| 4355 | -<li title="expected_result">Notification on new podcast appears</li> |
| 4356 | -</ol> |
| 4357 | -<ol> |
| 4358 | -<li title="expected_result">List of episodes is downloaded</li> |
| 4359 | -</ol> |
| 4360 | -<ol> |
| 4361 | -<li title="expected_result">Last episode is downloaded</li> |
| 4362 | -</ol> |
| 4363 | -<li title="action"> Double click on any episode</li> |
| 4364 | -<ol> |
| 4365 | -<li title="expected_result">Progress bar appears in Status column</li> |
| 4366 | -</ol> |
| 4367 | -<li title="action"> Wait until episode is downloaded</li> |
| 4368 | -<ol> |
| 4369 | -<li title="expected_result">Status for episode changes to Downloaded</li> |
| 4370 | -</ol> |
| 4371 | -<li title="action"> Double click on downloaded episode</li> |
| 4372 | -<ol> |
| 4373 | -<li title="expected_result">Does episode playback start?</li> |
| 4374 | -</ol> |
| 4375 | -</ol> |
| 4376 | -Test-case name: rhythmbox/rhy-003 |
| 4377 | -This test will check that Rhythmbox can install codecs and play stream from MTP-compatible players |
| 4378 | -<ol> |
| 4379 | -<ol> |
| 4380 | -<li title="expected_result">Have any MTP-compatible MP3 player</li> |
| 4381 | -</ol> |
| 4382 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch rhythmbox by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘rhythmbox’</li> |
| 4383 | -<ol> |
| 4384 | -<li title="expected_result">rhythmbox should launch</li> |
| 4385 | -</ol> |
| 4386 | -<li title="action"> Plug a music player device containing MP3 files into your system and check whether rhythmbox imports the music correctly.</li> |
| 4387 | -<ol> |
| 4388 | -<li title="expected_result">A new entry Devices appears</li> |
| 4389 | -</ol> |
| 4390 | -<li title="action"> Test playing music from the device.</li> |
| 4391 | -<ol> |
| 4392 | -<li title="expected_result">Did the easy codec installer recognize any codecs that aren't installed and install them? Did playback start?</li> |
| 4393 | -</ol> |
| 4394 | -</ol> |
| 4395 | -Test-case name: rhythmbox/rhy-004 |
| 4396 | -This test will check that Rhythmbox can play Last.FM radio |
| 4397 | -<ol> |
| 4398 | -<ol> |
| 4399 | -<li title="expected_result">Have Last.fm Account must be pre-registered and used for a time in order to get a play list.</li> |
| 4400 | -</ol> |
| 4401 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch rhythmbox by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘rhythmbox’</li> |
| 4402 | -<ol> |
| 4403 | -<li title="expected_result">rhythmbox should launch</li> |
| 4404 | -</ol> |
| 4405 | -<li title="action"> Click on Library - Last.fm entry</li> |
| 4406 | -<ol> |
| 4407 | -<li title="expected_result">'You are not currently logged in' toolbar with 'Log in' button appears</li> |
| 4408 | -</ol> |
| 4409 | -<li title="action"> Click 'Log in' button</li> |
| 4410 | -<ol> |
| 4411 | -<li title="expected_result">'Waiting for authentication' label with 'Cancel' button appear on toolbar</li> |
| 4412 | -</ol> |
| 4413 | -<ol> |
| 4414 | -<li title="expected_result">Last.fm authorization page is opened in default browser</li> |
| 4415 | -</ol> |
| 4416 | -<li title="action"> Login to Last.fm using your credentials in the browser</li> |
| 4417 | -<ol> |
| 4418 | -<li title="expected_result">'Connect application' Last.fm page appears</li> |
| 4419 | -</ol> |
| 4420 | -<ol> |
| 4421 | -<li title="expected_result">The page contains the following elements:</li> |
| 4422 | -</ol> |
| 4423 | -<ol> |
| 4424 | -<li title="expected_result">- 'The application Rhythmbox would like permission to access your Last.fm account. You should only give access to your Last.fm account to third parties you trust.' label</li> |
| 4425 | -</ol> |
| 4426 | -<ol> |
| 4427 | -<li title="expected_result">- 'Yes, allow access' button</li> |
| 4428 | -</ol> |
| 4429 | -<ol> |
| 4430 | -<li title="expected_result">- 'cancel' link</li> |
| 4431 | -</ol> |
| 4432 | -<li title="action"> Click 'Yes, allow access' button</li> |
| 4433 | -<ol> |
| 4434 | -<li title="expected_result">'Application authenticated' page appears</li> |
| 4435 | -</ol> |
| 4436 | -<li title="action"> Switch to Rhythmbox window</li> |
| 4437 | -<ol> |
| 4438 | -<li title="expected_result">User is authenticated, Last.fm page appears</li> |
| 4439 | -</ol> |
| 4440 | -<li title="action"> Expand 'Last.fm' item in the left list view, select 'My Library'</li> |
| 4441 | -<ol> |
| 4442 | -<li title="expected_result">Track listview contains some played tracks</li> |
| 4443 | -</ol> |
| 4444 | -<li title="action"> Select any track, click 'Play'</li> |
| 4445 | -<ol> |
| 4446 | -<li title="expected_result">Did playback start?</li> |
| 4447 | -</ol> |
| 4448 | -</ol> |
| 4449 | -<strong> |
| 4450 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 4451 | +<dl> |
| 4452 | + This test will check that Rhythmbox can play internet radio |
| 4453 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch rhythmbox by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘rhythmbox’</dt> |
| 4454 | + <dd>rhythmbox should launch</dd> |
| 4455 | + <dt> In the Library list, select Radio</dt> |
| 4456 | + <dd>Genre and Radio lists appear</dd> |
| 4457 | + <dt> Select any genre</dt> |
| 4458 | + <dd>Radio stations are filtered by selected genre</dd> |
| 4459 | + <dt> Pick a station and press the play button.</dt> |
| 4460 | + <dd>Does the radio start playing?</dd> |
| 4461 | +</dl> |
| 4462 | +Test-case name: rhythmbox/rhy-002 |
| 4463 | +<dl> |
| 4464 | + This test will check that Rhythmbox can play play podcast episodes |
| 4465 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch rhythmbox by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘rhythmbox’</dt> |
| 4466 | + <dd>rhythmbox should launch</dd> |
| 4467 | + <dt> Right-click on Podcasts, select New Podcast Feed</dt> |
| 4468 | + <dd>New Podcast Feed window appears</dd> |
| 4469 | + <dt> Add the URI to your favourite podcast or http://feeds.feedburner.com/UbuntuUkPodcastOgg-high?format=xml</dt> |
| 4470 | + <dd>Podcast is added to the list</dd> |
| 4471 | + <dd>Notification on new podcast appears</dd> |
| 4472 | + <dd>List of episodes is downloaded</dd> |
| 4473 | + <dd>Last episode is downloaded</dd> |
| 4474 | + <dt> Double click on any episode</dt> |
| 4475 | + <dd>Progress bar appears in Status column</dd> |
| 4476 | + <dt> Wait until episode is downloaded</dt> |
| 4477 | + <dd>Status for episode changes to Downloaded</dd> |
| 4478 | + <dt> Double click on downloaded episode</dt> |
| 4479 | + <dd>Does episode playback start?</dd> |
| 4480 | +</dl> |
| 4481 | +Test-case name: rhythmbox/rhy-003 |
| 4482 | +<dl> |
| 4483 | + This test will check that Rhythmbox can install codecs and play stream from MTP-compatible players |
| 4484 | + <dd>Have any MTP-compatible MP3 player</dd> |
| 4485 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch rhythmbox by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘rhythmbox’</dt> |
| 4486 | + <dd>rhythmbox should launch</dd> |
| 4487 | + <dt> Plug a music player device containing MP3 files into your system and check whether rhythmbox imports the music correctly.</dt> |
| 4488 | + <dd>A new entry Devices appears</dd> |
| 4489 | + <dt> Test playing music from the device.</dt> |
| 4490 | + <dd>Did the easy codec installer recognize any codecs that aren't installed and install them? Did playback start?</dd> |
| 4491 | +</dl> |
| 4492 | +Test-case name: rhythmbox/rhy-004 |
| 4493 | +<dl> |
| 4494 | + This test will check that Rhythmbox can play Last.FM radio |
| 4495 | + <dd>Have Last.fm Account must be pre-registered and used for a time in order to get a play list.</dd> |
| 4496 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch rhythmbox by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘rhythmbox’</dt> |
| 4497 | + <dd>rhythmbox should launch</dd> |
| 4498 | + <dt> Click on Library - Last.fm entry</dt> |
| 4499 | + <dd>'You are not currently logged in' toolbar with 'Log in' button appears</dd> |
| 4500 | + <dt> Click 'Log in' button</dt> |
| 4501 | + <dd>'Waiting for authentication' label with 'Cancel' button appear on toolbar</dd> |
| 4502 | + <dd>Last.fm authorization page is opened in default browser</dd> |
| 4503 | + <dt> Login to Last.fm using your credentials in the browser</dt> |
| 4504 | + <dd>'Connect application' Last.fm page appears</dd> |
| 4505 | + <dd>The page contains the following elements:</dd> |
| 4506 | + <dd>- 'The application Rhythmbox would like permission to access your Last.fm account. You should only give access to your Last.fm account to third parties you trust.' label</dd> |
| 4507 | + <dd>- 'Yes, allow access' button</dd> |
| 4508 | + <dd>- 'cancel' link</dd> |
| 4509 | + <dt> Click 'Yes, allow access' button</dt> |
| 4510 | + <dd>'Application authenticated' page appears</dd> |
| 4511 | + <dt> Switch to Rhythmbox window</dt> |
| 4512 | + <dd>User is authenticated, Last.fm page appears</dd> |
| 4513 | + <dt> Expand 'Last.fm' item in the left list view, select 'My Library'</dt> |
| 4514 | + <dd>Track listview contains some played tracks</dd> |
| 4515 | + <dt> Select any track, click 'Play'</dt> |
| 4516 | + <dd>Did playback start?</dd> |
| 4517 | +</dl> |
| 4518 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 4519 | If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 4520 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 4521 | |
| 4522 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1428_Shotwell Tests' |
| 4523 | --- testcases/packages/1428_Shotwell Tests 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 4524 | +++ testcases/packages/1428_Shotwell Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 4525 | @@ -1,147 +1,86 @@ |
| 4526 | Test-case name: shotwell/swp-001 |
| 4527 | -This test will check that Shotwell can import pictures from camera |
| 4528 | -<ol> |
| 4529 | -<li title="action"> Plug in your camera using a USB cable. Your camera may need to be switched on, check the camera manual</li> |
| 4530 | -<ol> |
| 4531 | -<li title="expected_result">A window should appear telling you that it has detected media that contain digital photos</li> |
| 4532 | -</ol> |
| 4533 | -<li title="action"> Select ‘shotwell’ in the dropdown and click ok</li> |
| 4534 | -<ol> |
| 4535 | -<li title="expected_result">Shotwell loads and display thumbnails of the photos on your camera</li> |
| 4536 | -</ol> |
| 4537 | -<li title="action"> Select a single photo and click Import Selected</li> |
| 4538 | -<ol> |
| 4539 | -<li title="expected_result">Shotwell imports the photo and displays a prompt asking you if you wish to delete the photos from the camera</li> |
| 4540 | -</ol> |
| 4541 | -<li title="action"> Select no.</li> |
| 4542 | -<ol> |
| 4543 | -<li title="expected_result">The dialog disappears</li> |
| 4544 | -</ol> |
| 4545 | -<li title="action"> Select “last import” in the left hand pane</li> |
| 4546 | -<ol> |
| 4547 | -<li title="expected_result">Does shotwell display the picture you imported?</li> |
| 4548 | -</ol> |
| 4549 | -</ol> |
| 4550 | -Test-case name: shotwell/swp-002 |
| 4551 | -This test will check that Shotwell can edit images |
| 4552 | -<ol> |
| 4553 | -<li title="action"> Ensure shotwell is still loaded and displaying your import picture. Double click the picture thumbnail</li> |
| 4554 | -<ol> |
| 4555 | -<li title="expected_result">The image is enlarged and editing buttons exist below the image: Rotate, Crop, Red-eye, Adjust, Enhance</li> |
| 4556 | -</ol> |
| 4557 | -<li title="action"> Click rotate button four times</li> |
| 4558 | -<ol> |
| 4559 | -<li title="expected_result">The image should turn 90 degrees after each click and return to its original orientation upon completition</li> |
| 4560 | -</ol> |
| 4561 | -<li title="action"> Click the Crop button</li> |
| 4562 | -<ol> |
| 4563 | -<li title="expected_result">A square appears, the photo within the square will appear with normal contrast, outside the square the photo will have reduced contrast.</li> |
| 4564 | -</ol> |
| 4565 | -<li title="action"> Click and drag the square with the mouse to the left hand side of the image</li> |
| 4566 | -<ol> |
| 4567 | -<li title="expected_result">The cropped square moves and a grid will appear that divides the cropped area into nine smaller squares</li> |
| 4568 | -</ol> |
| 4569 | -<li title="action"> Click OK</li> |
| 4570 | -<ol> |
| 4571 | -<li title="expected_result">The photo is now cropped and contains only the area selected</li> |
| 4572 | -</ol> |
| 4573 | -<li title="action"> Press ctrl+z</li> |
| 4574 | -<ol> |
| 4575 | -<li title="expected_result">The photo is now restored to it’s original condition</li> |
| 4576 | -</ol> |
| 4577 | -<li title="action"> Click Red-eye</li> |
| 4578 | -<ol> |
| 4579 | -<li title="expected_result">A small circle appears near a region of the photo that looks red.</li> |
| 4580 | -</ol> |
| 4581 | -<li title="action"> Click close</li> |
| 4582 | -<ol> |
| 4583 | -<li title="expected_result">The red eye dialog is closed</li> |
| 4584 | -</ol> |
| 4585 | -<li title="action"> Click Adjust</li> |
| 4586 | -<ol> |
| 4587 | -<li title="expected_result">A histogram of the image and five adjustment sliders appears</li> |
| 4588 | -</ol> |
| 4589 | -<li title="action"> Move the left slider to the right</li> |
| 4590 | -<ol> |
| 4591 | -<li title="expected_result">The image contrast/color is changed in response</li> |
| 4592 | -</ol> |
| 4593 | -<li title="action"> Move the left slider to the right</li> |
| 4594 | -<ol> |
| 4595 | -<li title="expected_result">The image contrast/color is changed in response</li> |
| 4596 | -</ol> |
| 4597 | -<li title="action"> Click Adjust</li> |
| 4598 | -<ol> |
| 4599 | -<li title="expected_result">The histogram is closed</li> |
| 4600 | -</ol> |
| 4601 | -<li title="action"> Click Enhance</li> |
| 4602 | -<ol> |
| 4603 | -<li title="expected_result">The image is changed with extra contrast</li> |
| 4604 | -</ol> |
| 4605 | -<li title="action"> Press ctrl+z</li> |
| 4606 | -<ol> |
| 4607 | -<li title="expected_result">Did the photo respond properly to the editing, and is now restored to it’s original condition?</li> |
| 4608 | -</ol> |
| 4609 | -</ol> |
| 4610 | -Test-case name: shotwell/swp-003 |
| 4611 | -This test will check that Shotwell can publish images online |
| 4612 | -<ol> |
| 4613 | -<li title="action"> Select an image you want to publish in thumbnail view, and then select File, Publish.</li> |
| 4614 | -<ol> |
| 4615 | -<li title="expected_result">The shotwell publish dialog appears</li> |
| 4616 | -</ol> |
| 4617 | -<li title="action"> Select an on-line provider from the dropdown and press Login</li> |
| 4618 | -<ol> |
| 4619 | -<li title="expected_result">The dialog connects to the providers login page</li> |
| 4620 | -</ol> |
| 4621 | -<li title="action"> Enter your login details and login to the providers page</li> |
| 4622 | -<ol> |
| 4623 | -<li title="expected_result">Login is successful</li> |
| 4624 | -</ol> |
| 4625 | -<li title="action"> Name the new albulm and hit publish</li> |
| 4626 | -<ol> |
| 4627 | -<li title="expected_result">Are the images published to the online provider?</li> |
| 4628 | -</ol> |
| 4629 | -</ol> |
| 4630 | -Test-case name: shotwell/swp-004 |
| 4631 | -This test will check that Shotwell can export pictures to folder |
| 4632 | -<ol> |
| 4633 | -<li title="action"> Select an image you want to export in thumbnail view, and then select File, Export</li> |
| 4634 | -<ol> |
| 4635 | -<li title="expected_result">Export dialog appears</li> |
| 4636 | -</ol> |
| 4637 | -<li title="action"> Click ok</li> |
| 4638 | -<ol> |
| 4639 | -<li title="expected_result">Folder select dialog appears</li> |
| 4640 | -</ol> |
| 4641 | -<li title="action"> Select folder and hit save</li> |
| 4642 | -<ol> |
| 4643 | -<li title="expected_result">Did the Picture get exported to a new location?</li> |
| 4644 | -</ol> |
| 4645 | -</ol> |
| 4646 | -Test-case name: shotwell/swp-005 |
| 4647 | -This test will check that Shotwell can set image as desktop background |
| 4648 | -<ol> |
| 4649 | -<li title="action"> Select an image you want to set as your desktop background in thumbnail view, and then select File, Set As Desktop Background</li> |
| 4650 | -<ol> |
| 4651 | -<li title="expected_result">Is your desktop background now set to the picture you selected?</li> |
| 4652 | -</ol> |
| 4653 | -</ol> |
| 4654 | -Test-case name: shotwell/swp-006 |
| 4655 | -This test will check that Shotwell can set images as desktop slideshow |
| 4656 | -<ol> |
| 4657 | -<li title="action"> Select a group of images you want to set as your desktop slideshow in thumbnail view, and then select File, Set As Desktop Slideshow</li> |
| 4658 | -<ol> |
| 4659 | -<li title="expected_result">The Set as Desktop Slideshow dialog appears</li> |
| 4660 | -</ol> |
| 4661 | -<li title="action"> Slide the slider to set show each photo for 5 seconds.</li> |
| 4662 | -<ol> |
| 4663 | -<li title="expected_result">Exporting dialog pops up and disappears</li> |
| 4664 | -</ol> |
| 4665 | -<li title="action"> Minimize windows so you can see your desktop.</li> |
| 4666 | -<ol> |
| 4667 | -<li title="expected_result">Is your desktop background now set to the images you selected? Are they rotating every 5 seconds as set?</li> |
| 4668 | -</ol> |
| 4669 | -</ol> |
| 4670 | -<strong> |
| 4671 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 4672 | +<dl> |
| 4673 | + This test will check that Shotwell can import pictures from camera |
| 4674 | + <dt> Plug in your camera using a USB cable. Your camera may need to be switched on, check the camera manual</dt> |
| 4675 | + <dd>A window should appear telling you that it has detected media that contain digital photos</dd> |
| 4676 | + <dt> Select ‘shotwell’ in the dropdown and click ok</dt> |
| 4677 | + <dd>Shotwell loads and display thumbnails of the photos on your camera</dd> |
| 4678 | + <dt> Select a single photo and click Import Selected</dt> |
| 4679 | + <dd>Shotwell imports the photo and displays a prompt asking you if you wish to delete the photos from the camera</dd> |
| 4680 | + <dt> Select no.</dt> |
| 4681 | + <dd>The dialog disappears</dd> |
| 4682 | + <dt> Select “last import” in the left hand pane</dt> |
| 4683 | + <dd>Does shotwell display the picture you imported?</dd> |
| 4684 | +</dl> |
| 4685 | +Test-case name: shotwell/swp-002 |
| 4686 | +<dl> |
| 4687 | + This test will check that Shotwell can edit images |
| 4688 | + <dt> Ensure shotwell is still loaded and displaying your import picture. Double click the picture thumbnail</dt> |
| 4689 | + <dd>The image is enlarged and editing buttons exist below the image: Rotate, Crop, Red-eye, Adjust, Enhance</dd> |
| 4690 | + <dt> Click rotate button four times</dt> |
| 4691 | + <dd>The image should turn 90 degrees after each click and return to its original orientation upon completition</dd> |
| 4692 | + <dt> Click the Crop button</dt> |
| 4693 | + <dd>A square appears, the photo within the square will appear with normal contrast, outside the square the photo will have reduced contrast.</dd> |
| 4694 | + <dt> Click and drag the square with the mouse to the left hand side of the image</dt> |
| 4695 | + <dd>The cropped square moves and a grid will appear that divides the cropped area into nine smaller squares</dd> |
| 4696 | + <dt> Click OK</dt> |
| 4697 | + <dd>The photo is now cropped and contains only the area selected</dd> |
| 4698 | + <dt> Press ctrl+z</dt> |
| 4699 | + <dd>The photo is now restored to it’s original condition</dd> |
| 4700 | + <dt> Click Red-eye</dt> |
| 4701 | + <dd>A small circle appears near a region of the photo that looks red.</dd> |
| 4702 | + <dt> Click close</dt> |
| 4703 | + <dd>The red eye dialog is closed</dd> |
| 4704 | + <dt> Click Adjust</dt> |
| 4705 | + <dd>A histogram of the image and five adjustment sliders appears</dd> |
| 4706 | + <dt> Move the left slider to the right</dt> |
| 4707 | + <dd>The image contrast/color is changed in response</dd> |
| 4708 | + <dt> Move the left slider to the right</dt> |
| 4709 | + <dd>The image contrast/color is changed in response</dd> |
| 4710 | + <dt> Click Adjust</dt> |
| 4711 | + <dd>The histogram is closed</dd> |
| 4712 | + <dt> Click Enhance</dt> |
| 4713 | + <dd>The image is changed with extra contrast</dd> |
| 4714 | + <dt> Press ctrl+z</dt> |
| 4715 | + <dd>Did the photo respond properly to the editing, and is now restored to it’s original condition?</dd> |
| 4716 | +</dl> |
| 4717 | +Test-case name: shotwell/swp-003 |
| 4718 | +<dl> |
| 4719 | + This test will check that Shotwell can publish images online |
| 4720 | + <dt> Select an image you want to publish in thumbnail view, and then select File, Publish.</dt> |
| 4721 | + <dd>The shotwell publish dialog appears</dd> |
| 4722 | + <dt> Select an on-line provider from the dropdown and press Login</dt> |
| 4723 | + <dd>The dialog connects to the providers login page</dd> |
| 4724 | + <dt> Enter your login details and login to the providers page</dt> |
| 4725 | + <dd>Login is successful</dd> |
| 4726 | + <dt> Name the new albulm and hit publish</dt> |
| 4727 | + <dd>Are the images published to the online provider?</dd> |
| 4728 | +</dl> |
| 4729 | +Test-case name: shotwell/swp-004 |
| 4730 | +<dl> |
| 4731 | + This test will check that Shotwell can export pictures to folder |
| 4732 | + <dt> Select an image you want to export in thumbnail view, and then select File, Export</dt> |
| 4733 | + <dd>Export dialog appears</dd> |
| 4734 | + <dt> Click ok</dt> |
| 4735 | + <dd>Folder select dialog appears</dd> |
| 4736 | + <dt> Select folder and hit save</dt> |
| 4737 | + <dd>Did the Picture get exported to a new location?</dd> |
| 4738 | +</dl> |
| 4739 | +Test-case name: shotwell/swp-005 |
| 4740 | +<dl> |
| 4741 | + This test will check that Shotwell can set image as desktop background |
| 4742 | + <dt> Select an image you want to set as your desktop background in thumbnail view, and then select File, Set As Desktop Background</dt> |
| 4743 | + <dd>Is your desktop background now set to the picture you selected?</dd> |
| 4744 | +</dl> |
| 4745 | +Test-case name: shotwell/swp-006 |
| 4746 | +<dl> |
| 4747 | + This test will check that Shotwell can set images as desktop slideshow |
| 4748 | + <dt> Select a group of images you want to set as your desktop slideshow in thumbnail view, and then select File, Set As Desktop Slideshow</dt> |
| 4749 | + <dd>The Set as Desktop Slideshow dialog appears</dd> |
| 4750 | + <dt> Slide the slider to set show each photo for 5 seconds.</dt> |
| 4751 | + <dd>Exporting dialog pops up and disappears</dd> |
| 4752 | + <dt> Minimize windows so you can see your desktop.</dt> |
| 4753 | + <dd>Is your desktop background now set to the images you selected? Are they rotating every 5 seconds as set?</dd> |
| 4754 | +</dl> |
| 4755 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 4756 | If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 4757 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 4758 | |
| 4759 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1429_Totem Tests' |
| 4760 | --- testcases/packages/1429_Totem Tests 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 4761 | +++ testcases/packages/1429_Totem Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 4762 | @@ -1,58 +1,31 @@ |
| 4763 | Test-case name: totem/tot-001 |
| 4764 | -This test will check that Totem can playback youtube video |
| 4765 | -<ol> |
| 4766 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch movie player by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘totem’</li> |
| 4767 | -<ol> |
| 4768 | -<li title="expected_result">movie player should launch</li> |
| 4769 | -</ol> |
| 4770 | -<li title="action"> Press the F9 button</li> |
| 4771 | -<ol> |
| 4772 | -<li title="expected_result">the sidebar should open</li> |
| 4773 | -</ol> |
| 4774 | -<li title="action"> Select 'Youtube' from the dropdown list enter 'ubuntu' as the search term and press find</li> |
| 4775 | -<ol> |
| 4776 | -<li title="expected_result">videos should populate below in the search results</li> |
| 4777 | -</ol> |
| 4778 | -<li title="action"> Double-click the first video</li> |
| 4779 | -<ol> |
| 4780 | -<li title="expected_result">Video should begin playing in the window</li> |
| 4781 | -</ol> |
| 4782 | -<li title="action"> Press the pause button</li> |
| 4783 | -<ol> |
| 4784 | -<li title="expected_result">Video should pause and the button becomes a play button</li> |
| 4785 | -</ol> |
| 4786 | -<li title="action"> Press the play button</li> |
| 4787 | -<ol> |
| 4788 | -<li title="expected_result">Video should begin playing</li> |
| 4789 | -</ol> |
| 4790 | -<li title="action"> Press the play button</li> |
| 4791 | -<ol> |
| 4792 | -<li title="expected_result">Video should begin playing</li> |
| 4793 | -</ol> |
| 4794 | -<li title="action"> Press the full screen button</li> |
| 4795 | -<ol> |
| 4796 | -<li title="expected_result">Video should go to fullscreen and continue playing</li> |
| 4797 | -</ol> |
| 4798 | -<li title="action"> Press the full screen button</li> |
| 4799 | -<ol> |
| 4800 | -<li title="expected_result">Video should go to fullscreen and continue playing</li> |
| 4801 | -</ol> |
| 4802 | -<li title="action"> Hover your mouse along the button of the screen</li> |
| 4803 | -<ol> |
| 4804 | -<li title="expected_result">The controls menu should display</li> |
| 4805 | -</ol> |
| 4806 | -<li title="action"> Move your mouse to the middle of the screen</li> |
| 4807 | -<ol> |
| 4808 | -<li title="expected_result">The controls menu should disappear</li> |
| 4809 | -</ol> |
| 4810 | -<li title="action"> Press Escape</li> |
| 4811 | -<ol> |
| 4812 | -<li title="expected_result">The video should return to normal size</li> |
| 4813 | -</ol> |
| 4814 | -<ol> |
| 4815 | -<li title="expected_result">Did the video respond properly to the commands given?</li> |
| 4816 | -</ol> |
| 4817 | -</ol> |
| 4818 | -<strong> |
| 4819 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 4820 | +<dl> |
| 4821 | + This test will check that Totem can playback youtube video |
| 4822 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch movie player by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘totem’</dt> |
| 4823 | + <dd>movie player should launch</dd> |
| 4824 | + <dt> Press the F9 button</dt> |
| 4825 | + <dd>the sidebar should open</dd> |
| 4826 | + <dt> Select 'Youtube' from the dropdown list enter 'ubuntu' as the search term and press find</dt> |
| 4827 | + <dd>videos should populate below in the search results</dd> |
| 4828 | + <dt> Double-click the first video</dt> |
| 4829 | + <dd>Video should begin playing in the window</dd> |
| 4830 | + <dt> Press the pause button</dt> |
| 4831 | + <dd>Video should pause and the button becomes a play button</dd> |
| 4832 | + <dt> Press the play button</dt> |
| 4833 | + <dd>Video should begin playing</dd> |
| 4834 | + <dt> Press the play button</dt> |
| 4835 | + <dd>Video should begin playing</dd> |
| 4836 | + <dt> Press the full screen button</dt> |
| 4837 | + <dd>Video should go to fullscreen and continue playing</dd> |
| 4838 | + <dt> Press the full screen button</dt> |
| 4839 | + <dd>Video should go to fullscreen and continue playing</dd> |
| 4840 | + <dt> Hover your mouse along the button of the screen</dt> |
| 4841 | + <dd>The controls menu should display</dd> |
| 4842 | + <dt> Move your mouse to the middle of the screen</dt> |
| 4843 | + <dd>The controls menu should disappear</dd> |
| 4844 | + <dt> Press Escape</dt> |
| 4845 | + <dd>The video should return to normal size</dd> |
| 4846 | + <dd>Did the video respond properly to the commands given?</dd> |
| 4847 | +</dl> |
| 4848 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 4849 | If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 4850 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 4851 | |
| 4852 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/1430_Ubuntu One Tests' |
| 4853 | --- testcases/packages/1430_Ubuntu One Tests 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 4854 | +++ testcases/packages/1430_Ubuntu One Tests 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 4855 | @@ -1,59 +1,36 @@ |
| 4856 | Test-case name: ubuntuone-client/ubo-001 |
| 4857 | -This test will check that Ubuntu One client can be installed |
| 4858 | -<ol> |
| 4859 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch ubuntuone-client by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘ubuntuone’</li> |
| 4860 | -<ol> |
| 4861 | -<li title="expected_result">ubuntuone-client should launch</li> |
| 4862 | -</ol> |
| 4863 | -<li title="action"> Press the install button in the lower right hand corner</li> |
| 4864 | -<ol> |
| 4865 | -<li title="expected_result">Did the Ubuntu One client install and launch?</li> |
| 4866 | -</ol> |
| 4867 | -</ol> |
| 4868 | -Test-case name: ubuntuone-client/ubo-002 |
| 4869 | -This test will check that Ubuntu One client can display user information |
| 4870 | -<ol> |
| 4871 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch ubuntuone-client by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘ubuntuone’</li> |
| 4872 | -<ol> |
| 4873 | -<li title="expected_result">ubuntuone-client should launch</li> |
| 4874 | -</ol> |
| 4875 | -<li title="action"> Press the install button in the lower right hand corner</li> |
| 4876 | -<ol> |
| 4877 | -<li title="expected_result">Ubuntu One client installs and launches</li> |
| 4878 | -</ol> |
| 4879 | -<li title="action"> Enter your ubuntu account details and press login</li> |
| 4880 | -<ol> |
| 4881 | -<li title="expected_result">Did the ubuntu One client load up your information?</li> |
| 4882 | -</ol> |
| 4883 | -</ol> |
| 4884 | -Test-case name: ubuntuone-client/ubo-003 |
| 4885 | -<ol> |
| 4886 | -<li title="expected_result">depends: ubuntuone-client/ubo-002</li> |
| 4887 | -</ol> |
| 4888 | -This test will check that Ubuntu One client can sync files |
| 4889 | -<ol> |
| 4890 | -<li title="action"> Open the dash and launch ubuntuone-client by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘ubuntuone’</li> |
| 4891 | -<ol> |
| 4892 | -<li title="expected_result">ubuntuone-client should launch</li> |
| 4893 | -</ol> |
| 4894 | -<li title="action"> Click the folders tab</li> |
| 4895 | -<ol> |
| 4896 | -<li title="expected_result">Ubuntu One switches to folder display</li> |
| 4897 | -</ol> |
| 4898 | -<li title="action"> Click the explore button next to the 'Ubuntu One' folder</li> |
| 4899 | -<ol> |
| 4900 | -<li title="expected_result">Nautilus should launch showing the ubuntu one folder</li> |
| 4901 | -</ol> |
| 4902 | -<li title="action"> Right nautilus and select 'create new document,empty document'</li> |
| 4903 | -<ol> |
| 4904 | -<li title="expected_result">A file named 'Untitled Document' appears in the directory with a sync symbol (2 arrows in a circle)</li> |
| 4905 | -</ol> |
| 4906 | -<li title="action"> Close nautilus and wait for a notify-osd bubble to appear declaring the file sync to ubuntu one is complete (should take less than 1 min on a fast connection)</li> |
| 4907 | -<li title="action"> Refocus ubuntu one and click the explore button next to the 'Ubuntu One' folder</li> |
| 4908 | -<ol> |
| 4909 | -<li title="expected_result">Did nautilus launch showing the ubuntu one folder, with the 'untitled document' file displaying a checkbox as it's icon (as a visual indicator it is synced)?</li> |
| 4910 | -</ol> |
| 4911 | -</ol> |
| 4912 | -<strong> |
| 4913 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 4914 | +<dl> |
| 4915 | + This test will check that Ubuntu One client can be installed |
| 4916 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch ubuntuone-client by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘ubuntuone’</dt> |
| 4917 | + <dd>ubuntuone-client should launch</dd> |
| 4918 | + <dt> Press the install button in the lower right hand corner</dt> |
| 4919 | + <dd>Did the Ubuntu One client install and launch?</dd> |
| 4920 | +</dl> |
| 4921 | +Test-case name: ubuntuone-client/ubo-002 |
| 4922 | +<dl> |
| 4923 | + This test will check that Ubuntu One client can display user information |
| 4924 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch ubuntuone-client by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘ubuntuone’</dt> |
| 4925 | + <dd>ubuntuone-client should launch</dd> |
| 4926 | + <dt> Press the install button in the lower right hand corner</dt> |
| 4927 | + <dd>Ubuntu One client installs and launches</dd> |
| 4928 | + <dt> Enter your ubuntu account details and press login</dt> |
| 4929 | + <dd>Did the ubuntu One client load up your information?</dd> |
| 4930 | +</dl> |
| 4931 | +Test-case name: ubuntuone-client/ubo-003 |
| 4932 | +<dl> |
| 4933 | + depends: ubuntuone-client/ubo-002 |
| 4934 | + This test will check that Ubuntu One client can sync files |
| 4935 | + <dt> Open the dash and launch ubuntuone-client by pressing the super key, and then entering ‘ubuntuone’</dt> |
| 4936 | + <dd>ubuntuone-client should launch</dd> |
| 4937 | + <dt> Click the folders tab</dt> |
| 4938 | + <dd>Ubuntu One switches to folder display</dd> |
| 4939 | + <dt> Click the explore button next to the 'Ubuntu One' folder</dt> |
| 4940 | + <dd>Nautilus should launch showing the ubuntu one folder</dd> |
| 4941 | + <dt> Right nautilus and select 'create new document,empty document'</dt> |
| 4942 | + <dd>A file named 'Untitled Document' appears in the directory with a sync symbol (2 arrows in a circle)</dd> |
| 4943 | + <dt> Close nautilus and wait for a notify-osd bubble to appear declaring the file sync to ubuntu one is complete (should take less than 1 min on a fast connection)</dt> |
| 4944 | + <dt> Refocus ubuntu one and click the explore button next to the 'Ubuntu One' folder</dt> |
| 4945 | + <dd>Did nautilus launch showing the ubuntu one folder, with the 'untitled document' file displaying a checkbox as it's icon (as a visual indicator it is synced)?</dd> |
| 4946 | +</dl> |
| 4947 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 4948 | If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> 'failed' and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong> |
| 4949 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 4950 | |
| 4951 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/Online Accounts/1322_Online Account Settings' |
| 4952 | --- testcases/packages/Online Accounts/1322_Online Account Settings 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 4953 | +++ testcases/packages/Online Accounts/1322_Online Account Settings 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 4954 | @@ -1,14 +1,9 @@ |
| 4955 | This tests check whether Online Accounts’ setting program is available. |
| 4956 | -<ol> |
| 4957 | -<li title="action">Open System Settings</li> |
| 4958 | -<ol> |
| 4959 | -<li title="expected_result">Online Accounts icon must be available in “Personal” settings.</li> |
| 4960 | -</ol> |
| 4961 | -<li title="action">Open System Settings</li> |
| 4962 | -<ol> |
| 4963 | -<li title="expected_result">Online Accounts dialog must appear. "Show accounts that integrate with" must list "All Applications. Account services must list at least these services: Facebook, Flickr, Google, and Twitter</li> |
| 4964 | -</ol> |
| 4965 | -</ol> |
| 4966 | -<strong> |
| 4967 | -If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 4968 | -If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result</strong>. |
| 4969 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 4970 | +<dl> |
| 4971 | + <dt>Open System Settings</dt> |
| 4972 | + <dd>Online Accounts icon must be available in “Personal” settings.</dd> |
| 4973 | + <dt>Open System Settings</dt> |
| 4974 | + <dd>Online Accounts dialog must appear. "Show accounts that integrate with" must list "All Applications. Account services must list at least these services: Facebook, Flickr, Google, and Twitter</dd> |
| 4975 | +</dl> |
| 4976 | +<strong>If all actions produce the expected results listed, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'passed' result. |
| 4977 | +If an action fails, or produces an unexpected result, please <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> a 'failed' result and <a href="../../buginstructions">file a bug</a>. Please be sure to include the bug number when you <a href="results#add_result">submit</a> your result.</strong> |
| 4978 | \ No newline at end of file |
| 4979 | |
| 4980 | === modified file 'testcases/packages/Online Accounts/1327_Online Account Browser Extensions' |
| 4981 | --- testcases/packages/Online Accounts/1327_Online Account Browser Extensions 2013-01-23 08:29:30 +0000 |
| 4982 | +++ testcases/packages/Online Accounts/1327_Online Account Browser Extensions 2013-02-12 17:34:18 +0000 |
| 4983 | @@ -1,22 +1,13 @@ |
| 4984 | These tests check browser extensions are installed. |
| 4985 | -<ol> |
| 4986 | -<li title="action">Open Firefox</li> |
| 4987 | -<ol> |
| 4988 | -<li title="expected_result">Firefox opens properly</li> |
| 4989 | -</ol> |
| 4990 | -<li title="action">Go to "about:add-ons"</li> |
| 4991 | -<ol> |
| 4992 | -<li title="expected_result">Ubuntu web accounts Firefox add-on must be installed and enabled</li> |
| 4993 | -</ol> |
| 4994 | -<li title="action">Open Chromium</li> |
| 4995 | -<ol> |
| 4996 | -<li title="expected_result">Chromium opens properly</li> |
| 4997 | -</ol> |
| 4998 | -<li title="action">Go to chrome://settings/extensions</li> |
| 4999 | -<ol> |
| 5000 | -<li title="expected_result">Ubuntu web accounts Chromium extension must be installed and enabled</li> |
The diff has been truncated for viewing.
All Tests-cases are with the correct format ( you can see the new format here: https:/